ArticlePDF Available

Calder, D. R. 2013. Some shallow-water hydroids (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) from the central east coast of Florida, USA. Zootaxa 3648: 1–72.

Authors:

Abstract and Figures

This paper gives a systematic account of 67 species, referable to 22 families and 40 genera, identified in a small collection of hydroids from the central Atlantic coast of Florida between Melbourne and Palm Beach. The fauna mostly comprises an assemblage of tropical western Atlantic species ranging northwards along the southeastern coast of the United States. One new species, Lafoea intorta, is described. Applying Reversal of Precedence provisions in zoological nomenclature, the widely-used generic name Halopteris Allman, 1877 is designated as valid and as a nomen protectum, while its virtually unused senior synonym Halicornaria Hincks, 1865 (not Halicornaria Allman, 1874) is reduced to a nomen oblitum. The genus Pasya Stechow, 1922 is resurrected for the hydroid generally known as Dynamena quadridentata (Ellis & Solander, 1786). Laomedea tottoni Leloup, 1935 is shown to be a junior objective synonym of Clytia fragilis Congdon, 1907, which in turn is a junior subjective synonym of Clytia linearis (Thornely, 1900). Obelia oxydentata Stechow, 1914 is recognized as distinct from O. bidentata Clark, 1875. Hincksella brevitheca Galea, 2009, first described from Cuba, is reported for only the second time; records of the species are added here from Grand Cayman Island and the Caribbean coast of Panama as well as from the Atlantic coast of Florida. Also reported for the second time is Antennella incerta Galea, 2010, previ-ously known only from Guadeloupe in the Caribbean Sea. The true Halopteris diaphana (Heller, 1868), known from the Mediterranean Sea and from Brazil, is reported for the first time from the western North Atlantic. Earlier records of the species in the region are based on misidentifications of H. alternata (Nutting, 1900). Male gonothecae of Halecium calderi Galea, 2010 are reported and illustrated for the first time.
Content may be subject to copyright.
Accepted by A. Collins: 27 Mar. 2013; published: 14 May 2013
Licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution License http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0
ZOOTAXA
ISSN 1175-5326 (print edition)
ISSN 1175-5334 (online edition)
Copyright © 2013 Magnolia Press
Zootaxa 3648 (1): 001072
www.mapress.com
/
zootaxa
/
Monograph
http://dx.doi.org/10.11646/zootaxa.3648.1.1
http://zoobank.org/urn:lsid:zoobank.org:pub:22089255-436A-4DBB-BD93-1D3C8CF281FE
ZOOTAXA
Some shallow-water hydroids (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa)
from the central east coast of Florida, USA
DALE R. CALDER
Department of Natural History, Royal Ontario Museum, 100 Queen’s Park, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5S 2C6.
E-mail: dalec@rom.on.ca
Magnolia Press
Auckland, New Zealand
3648
CALDER
2 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Dale R. Calder
Some shallow-water hydroids (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) from the central east coast of Florida, USA
(Zootaxa 3648)
72 pp.; 30 cm.
14 May 2013
ISBN 978-1-77557-152-0 (paperback)
ISBN 978-1-77557-153-7 (Online edition)
FIRST PUBLISHED IN 2013 BY
Magnolia Press
P.O. Box 41-383
Auckland 1346
New Zealand
e-mail: zootaxa@mapress.com
http://www.mapress.com/zootaxa/
© 2013 Magnolia Press
ISSN 1175-5326 (Print edition)
ISSN 1175-5334 (Online edition)
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 3
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Table of contents
Abstract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Material and methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Systematic account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
ORDER ANTHOATHECATA Cornelius, 1992 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SUBORDER CAPITATA Kühn, 1913 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Family Pennariidae McCrady, 1859 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Pennaria disticha Goldfuss, 1820 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Family Cladocorynidae Allman, 1872. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cladocoryne floccosa Rotch, 1871 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Family Porpitidae Goldfuss, 1818 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Velella velella (Linnaeus, 1758) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Family Zancleidae Russell, 1953 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Zanclea alba (Meyen, 1834) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Family Solanderiidae Marshall, 1892 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Solanderia gracilis Duchassaing & Michelin, 1846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SUBORDER FILIFERA Kühn, 1913 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Family Oceaniidae Eschscholtz, 1829. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Turritopsis fascicularis Fraser, 1943 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Family Bougainvilliidae Lütken, 1850 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Parawrightia robusta Warren, 1907 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Bimeria vestita Wright, 1859 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Family Eudendriidae L. Agassiz, 1862 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Eudendrium carneum Clarke, 1882 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
ORDER LEPTOTHECATA Cornelius, 1992 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SUBORDER CONICA Broch, 1910. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Family Lovenellidae Russell, 1953. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Lovenella grandis Nutting, 1901. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Family Phialellidae Russell, 1953 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Plicatotheca anitae Calder & Vervoort, 1986 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Family Lafoeidae A. Agassiz, 1865 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Lafoea intorta sp. nov. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Family Hebellidae Fraser, 1912b. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Hebella venusta (Allman, 1877) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Hebella sp.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Hebellopsis communis Calder, 1991a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Hebellopsis gigas (Pieper, 1884) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Hebellopsis scandens (Bale, 1888) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Family Zygophylacidae Quelch, 1885. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Cryptolaria pectinata (Allman, 1888) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Family Haleciidae Hincks, 1868 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Halecium calderi Galea, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Halecium tenellum Hincks, 1861b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Family Thyroscyphidae Stechow, 1920. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Symmetroscyphus intermedius (Congdon, 1907) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Thyroscyphus marginatus (Allman, 1877) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Thyroscyphus ramosus Allman, 1877 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Family Sertulariidae Lamouroux, 1812. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Diphasia digitalis (Busk, 1852) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Dynamena crisioides Lamouroux, 1824 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Dynamena dalmasi (Versluys, 1899) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Dynamena disticha (Bosc, 1802) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Pasya quadridentata (Ellis & Solander, 1786). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Salacia desmoides (Torrey, 1902). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Sertularella areyi Nutting, 1904 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Sertularella conica Allman, 1877 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Sertularella unituba Calder, 1991a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Tridentata distans (Lamouroux, 1816) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Tridentata loculosa (Busk, 1852) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Tridentata marginata (Kirchenpauer, 1864) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Tridentata turbinata (Lamouroux, 1816) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Family Syntheciidae Marktanner-Turneretscher, 1890 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
CALDER
4 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Hincksella brevitheca Galea, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Synthecium tubithecum (Allman, 1877) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Family Plumulariidae McCrady, 1859. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Dentitheca dendritica (Nutting, 1900) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Nemertesia simplex (Allman, 1877) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Plumularia floridana Nutting, 1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Plumularia setacea (Linnaeus, 1758) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Plumularia strictocarpa Pictet, 1893 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Family Halopterididae Millard, 1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Antennella gracilis Allman, 1877 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Antennella incerta Galea, 2010. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Halopteris alternata (Nutting, 1900) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Halopteris carinata Allman, 1877 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Halopteris clarkei (Nutting, 1900) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Halopteris diaphana (Heller, 1868) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Monostaechas quadridens (McCrady, 1859) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Family Kirchenpaueriidae Stechow, 1921a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Ventromma halecioides (Alder, 1859) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Family Aglaopheniidae Marktanner-Turneretscher, 1890. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Aglaophenia dubia Nutting, 1900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Aglaophenia latecarinata Allman, 1877. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Aglaophenia rhynchocarpa Allman, 1877 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Aglaophenia trifida L. Agassiz, 1862 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Gymnangium speciosum (Allman, 1877) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Macrorhynchia allmani (Nutting, 1900). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Macrorhynchia clarkei (Nutting, 1900) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Macrorhynchia philippina Kirchenpauer, 1872 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
SUBORDER PROBOSCOIDEA Broch, 1910 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Family Campanulariidae Johnston, 1837 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Subfamily Campanulariinae Johnston, 1837 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Campanularia macroscypha Allman, 1877 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Orthopyxis sargassicola (Nutting, 1915) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Subfamily Clytiinae Cockerell, 1911. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Clytia elsaeoswaldae Stechow, 1914 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Clytia linearis (Thornely, 1900) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Clytia noliformis (McCrady, 1859) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Clytia paulensis (Vanhöffen, 1910) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Subfamily Obeliinae Haeckel, 1879 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Obelia geniculata (Linnaeus, 1758) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Obelia hyalina Clarke, 1879 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Obelia oxydentata Stechow, 1914 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Acknowledgements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 5
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Abstract
This paper gives a systematic account of 67 species, referable to 22 families and 40 genera, identified in a small collection
of hydroids from the central Atlantic coast of Florida between Melbourne and Palm Beach. The fauna mostly comprises
an assemblage of tropical western Atlantic species ranging northwards along the southeastern coast of the United States.
One new species, Lafoea intorta, is described. Applying Reversal of Precedence provisions in zoological nomenclature,
the widely-used generic name Halopteris Allman, 1877 is designated as valid and as a nomen protectum, while its virtually
unused senior synonym Halicornaria Hincks, 1865 (not Halicornaria Allman, 1874) is reduced to a nomen oblitum. The
genus Pasya Stechow, 1922 is resurrected for the hydroid generally known as Dynamena quadridentata (Ellis & Solander,
1786). Laomedea tottoni Leloup, 1935 is shown to be a junior objective synonym of Clytia fragilis Congdon, 1907, which
in turn is a junior subjective synonym of Clytia linearis (Thornely, 1900). Obelia oxydentata Stechow, 1914 is recognized
as distinct from O. bidentata Clark, 1875. Hincksella brevitheca Galea, 2009, first described from Cuba, is reported for
only the second time; records of the species are added here from Grand Cayman Island and the Caribbean coast of Panama
as well as from the Atlantic coast of Florida. Also reported for the second time is Antennella incerta Galea, 2010, previ-
ously known only from Guadeloupe in the Caribbean Sea. The true Halopteris diaphana (Heller, 1868), known from the
Mediterranean Sea and from Brazil, is reported for the first time from the western North Atlantic. Earlier records of the
species in the region are based on misidentifications of H. alternata (Nutting, 1900). Male gonothecae of Halecium calderi
Galea, 2010 are reported and illustrated for the first time.
Key words: Anthoathecata, Capitata, Carolinian Province, Filifera, Hydroidolina, Leptothecata, marine invertebrates,
taxonomy, West Atlantic Tropical Region, zoological nomenclature
Introduction
Taxonomic investigations on hydroids of the Atlantic coast of the United States and Canada have concentrated for
the most part on species of New England and the Maritime Provinces, as reflected in both an historical overview
and in distribution records by Fraser (1944). More than 75 scientific publications provide information on the fauna
of those northern waters (Calder 1975), beginning with a synopsis by Stimpson (1853) of species around Grand
Manan Island at the mouth of the Bay of Fundy. By comparison, fewer than half that number have dealt with
hydroids occurring south of Cape Hatteras, North Carolina (Calder 1983). One of the least studied areas along the
entire eastern seaboard of North America is the central coast of Florida between Cape Canaveral and Palm Beach.
Reports of species from inshore and nearshore waters in the area are few and scattered in publications such as those
on fouling organisms (Nelson et al. 1994; Pfaller et al. 2008), on a description of a single new species (Thomas et
al. 1995), on other invertebrate groups (Clark & Goetzfried 1976; Winston 1982, 2010), and in general
identification guides (Humann 1992; Humann & DeLoach 2002). A small number of records from the central
Florida coast exist in taxonomic studies on hydroids from Louisiana and Texas (Deevey 1950) and from areas in
the Florida Straits and beyond in the Gulf of Mexico (Allman 1877; Bogle 1975). Several species from the region
were also mentioned in worldwide accounts on capitate hydroids by Petersen (1990) and on the hydrozoan family
Halopterididae by Schuchert (1997). To date, however, no comprehensive taxonomic study on hydroids of the
central Florida Atlantic coast has been published. Better known is the fauna at the southern end of the state,
including the Straits of Florida and the Dry Tortugas, as well as of the Bahamas to the east and the Gulf of Mexico
to the west. Even the deep-sea fauna east of the Florida peninsula, with species recorded by Nutting (1900, 1904,
1915), Fraser (1943, 1944), Bogle (1975), and Henry et al. (2008), among others, is better characterized than that
inhabiting the nearby shelf and shore.
The objective of this study was to provide a report on a collection of hydroids from inshore and shallow shelf
waters (<120 m) along the central east coast of Florida, based largely on material at the Harbor Branch
Oceanographic Institution (now the Harbor Branch Oceanographic Institute of Florida Atlantic University), Fort
Pierce. The study area is important biogeographically as a zone of transition between the West Atlantic Tropical
Region to the south and the warm-temperate Carolinian Region to the north (Briggs 1974). Some of the material
examined here provided data for an earlier biogeographic study on hydroids of the western North Atlantic (Calder
1992), but identifications of species were not given in that paper. This work represents an initial step towards
knowledge of the fauna; hydroids of the region are still little studied and poorly known.
CALDER
6 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Material and methods
Hydroids identified herein are mainly from collections originally held in the museum at the Harbor Branch
Oceanographic Institution (HBOI), Fort Pierce, Florida. Many came from dives using Johnson-Sea-Link
submersibles and from surveys along the east coast of Florida by R/V Gosnold in the 1970s. Original examination
of collections at HBOI was undertaken 9–23 February 1991. Vouchers of each species, held in collections of the
Invertebrate Zoology Section of the Department of Natural History, Royal Ontario Museum, were re-examined
here. Materials held at HBOI were supplemented with new material collected from the study area during my visit
to Florida in 1991, and again during a trip to Fort Pierce on 14 July 2012. Geographic limits of the current study
area extend along the central part of the Atlantic coast of Florida from Melbourne (28°04’N) to Palm Beach
(26°41’N), and from inshore waters out onto the continental shelf.
At present, a lack of homogeneity exists in the classification systems adopted for Hydrozoa. Classifications
have been changing recently at an unprecedented rate, largely the result of molecular studies on species of this
cnidarian class. While resulting taxonomic instability is disadvantageous, significant advances are being made in
knowledge of phylogenetic relationships within the group. Rapid change can be expected to continue over the near
term. The classification scheme employed here, admittedly an interim one, generally follows that of Schuchert
(2012b) for Anthoathecata, and Cornelius (1995) and Calder (2012) for Leptothecata. Historic convention is
followed in addressing anthoathecates before leptothecates, although that too may change (see Schuchert 2012b:
21–22).
A “Reported Distribution” section for each species discussed below includes putative worldwide and western
Atlantic ranges, as well as records from the Atlantic coast of Florida, defined here as extending from the border
between the states of Georgia and Florida at the mouth of the St. Marys River (30°42’30”N, 81°26’30”W) on the
north to Key Largo (25°06’N, 80°26’W) on the south. Felder et al. (2009) have been followed in taking adjacent
areas west of a line between Key Largo, Florida, and Punta Hicacos, Cuba (23°12'N, 81°08'W), to be within the
Gulf of Mexico. Synonymy lists are restricted to original accounts of species, together with works providing
primary records of species from the Atlantic coast of Florida, as defined above. All citations have been verified.
The following abbreviations used in this work refer to the following:
MCZ Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA
ROMIZ Invertebrate Zoology collections, Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
USNM National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., USA
ICZN International Code of Zoological Nomenclature
Systematic account
PHYLUM CNIDARIA Verrill, 1865
SUBPHYLUM TESSERAZOA Salvini-Plawen, 1978 (MEDUSOZOA Petersen, 1979)
CLASS HYDROZOA Owen, 1843
SUBCLASS HYDROIDOLINA Collins, 2000
ORDER ANTHOATHECATA Cornelius, 1992
SUBORDER CAPITATA Kühn, 1913
Family Pennariidae McCrady, 1859
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 7
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Pennaria disticha Goldfuss, 1820
Fig. 1a
Pennaria disticha Goldfuss, 1820: 89.
Pennaria tiarella.—Fraser, 1933: 261; 1944: 86.—Weiss, 1947: 57; 1948: 158.—Winston, 1982: 164.
Pennaria sp.—Cummings, 1994: 1208.
Halocordyle disticha.—Jones, 2002: 218.
Type locality. Italy: Gulf of Naples. Goldfuss (1820) gave the provenance of this species simply as “Im
Mittelmeer,” but his record was based on Cavolini’s (1785: 134) “Sertolara pennara” [not Sertularia pennaria
Linnaeus, 1758] from the Gulf of Naples area.
Voucher material. Fort Pierce Inlet, north jetty, north side, 27°28’24.2”N, 80°17’20.3”W, 0.1 m, 15.ii.1991,
20° C, collected manually, one colony, 5 cm high, without gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B1118.
Remarks. Globiceps tiarella Ayres, 1854 (type locality: Sag Harbor, Long Island, New York), Eucoryne
elegans Leidy, 1855 (type locality: Point Judith, Rhode Island), Pennaria gibbosa L. Agassiz, 1860 (type locality:
Key West, Florida; see A. Agassiz 1965) and P. inornata Brooks, 1883 (type locality: Fort Macon, North Carolina)
are generally considered to be conspecific with P. dis ticha Goldfuss, 1820 from the Mediterranean (e.g. Calder
1988), although molecular work is needed to confirm the supposed synonymy. A large, familiar, and distinctive
hydroid, P. disticha has often been used in experimental studies (Schuchert 2006). Contact with colonies of this
species may result in a relatively painful sting.
Pennaria disticha, prevalent in tropical and warm-temperate areas of the western Atlantic (Fraser 1944; Calder
1988), may become dormant at water temperatures between 15–20° C (Calder 1990). Colonies from Fort Pierce
Inlet, collected during winter at 20° C, were active but lacked gonophores. A euryhaline species, it extends from
oceanic salinities to about the 20‰ isohaline in estuaries (Calder 1976). The form of the colony is strongly
influenced by environmental conditions; those from areas exposed to waves are typically small and compact while
those from sheltered areas tend to be larger and more slender (Calder 1988). The life cycle includes a short-lived
medusoid stage that may or may not be released from the hydroid (Hargitt 1900; Brinckmann-Voss 1970). In the
western Atlantic, P. disticha has been reported as far north as the coast of Maine (Mayer 1910), where it would be
active only during summer. The hydroid is restricted bathymetrically to shallow waters (0–29 m) (Fraser 1944).
Descriptions and recent discussion of the species have been provided by Schuchert (2006) and Calder (2010).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Talbot Island, from stomach of a Black Scoter (Fraser 1933,
1944, as Pennaria tiarella, from “Tablot” Island).—Biscayne Bay (Weiss 1947, 1948, as Pennaria tiarella).—
Sebastian Inlet (Winston 1982, as Pennaria tiarella).—Boca Raton (Cummings 1994, as Pennaria sp.).—Biscayne
Bay (Jones 2002, as Halocordyle disticha).
Western Atlantic. Maine (Mayer 1910, as Pennaria tiarella) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted), including
Bermuda (Calder 1988), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Galea 2008).
Elsewhere. Thought to be circumglobal in tropical and warm-temperate waters (Calder 2010).
Family Cladocorynidae Allman, 1872
Cladocoryne floccosa Rotch, 1871
Fig. 1b
Cladocoryne floccosa Rotch, 1871: 228.
Type locality. UK: Guernsey, Herm, on stones at low tide (Rotch 1871).
Voucher material. Fort Pierce Inlet, north jetty, north side, 27°28’24.2”N, 80°17’20.3”W, 0.1 m, 15.ii.1991,
20° C, collected manually, one stolonal colony, up to 5 mm high, without gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ
B1114.
Remarks. The earliest account of this species, as Hydra corynaria, was in an obscure paper by Bosc (1797).
The French naturalist discovered the species on pelagic Sargassum during a crossing from Bordeaux, France, to
Charleston, South Carolina, but the name he applied to it was never adopted. The species has become widely
CALDER
8 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
known instead as Cladocoryne floccosa Rotch, 1871. In the interests of nomenclatural stability, the name C.
floccosa was assigned precedence over its virtually unused senior subjective synonym H. corynaria by Calder et al.
(2003). Under Article 23.9 of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN) (International
Commission on Zoological Nomenclature 1999), the former becomes a nomen protectum and the latter a nomen
oblitum.
Cladocoryne floccosa has been reported several times from the Caribbean region (e.g., Fraser 1947, as C.
pelagica Allman, 1876; Wedler & Larson 1986; Galea 2008). Fraser’s (1944) record of it from 1544 fathoms (2824
m) at a location south of Nantucket, Massachusetts (as C. pelagica) is anomalous and the species must certainly
have been growing on floating (or sunken) Sargassum, as he speculated. According to Schuchert (2006, 2012b), its
bathymetric range is 0–50 m.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Vineyard Sound, Massachusetts, on floating Sargassum (Hargitt 1909, as C. floccosa var.
sargassensis) to Brazil (Migotto 1996), and including the Caribbean Sea (Galea 2008).
Elsewhere. Thought to be circumglobal in tropical and warm-temperate waters (Schuchert 2006, 2012b).
Family Porpitidae Goldfuss, 1818
Velella velella (Linnaeus, 1758)
Fig. 1c
Medusa velella Linnaeus, 1758: 660.
Velella mutica.—L. Agassiz, 1862: 366.—A. Agassiz, 1865: 217.—Fewkes, 1886: 974.
Velella velella.—Bayer, 1963: 454, figs. 5–7.
Type locality. Mediterranean Sea (Schuchert 2010).
Voucher material. Beach north of Jupiter Inlet, 26°56’45”N, 80°04’16”W, stranded on shore, 20.ii.1991,
collected manually, one young colony, left-sailing form, 5 mm long x 2 mm wide, without gonophores, coll. D.R.
Calder, ROMIZ B1113.
Remarks. Strandings of the pleustonic hydrozoan Velella velella (Linnaeus, 1758) on beaches of south Florida
vary from one year to another (Bayer 1963). Bayer noted that strong easterly winds during winter tend to blow this
species and the related Porpita porpita (Linnaeus, 1758) ashore from the Florida Current just off the coast.
The specimen from the beach at Jupiter Inlet examined here was a left-sailing form, as defined by Edwards
(1966). Of more than 2500 specimens from the Tortugas studied by A. Agassiz (1883), all were likewise of the
“left-handed” (left-sailing) form, with the sail extending from NW to SE along the longitudinal axis of the float.
Distributions of left and right-sailing forms of the species in the Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea were
reviewed by Edwards (1966). Sailing characteristics of the species were investigated in a wind tunnel by Francis
(1991).
Early on considered siphonophores and later as “chondrophores,” both V. velella and P. porpita are now
classified amongst the hydroids, as anthoathecates (Calder 1988, 2010; Schuchert 2010, 2012a, b). Sometimes
reported from Florida as Velella mutica Lamarck, 1801, that binomen is considered a junior synonym of V. velella
(Calder 1988; Schuchert 2010).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. “Coast of Florida” (L. Agassiz 1862, as Velella mutica).—
Cape Florida (A. Agassiz 1865, as V. mutica).—Gulf Stream; Straits of Florida (Fewkes 1886, as V. mutica).—
Miami area (Bayer 1963).
Western Atlantic. New England (A. Agassiz 1883, as Velella mutica) to Argentina (Oliveira et al. submitted),
including Bermuda (Calder 1988), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Fewkes
1885, as V. mutic a).
Elsewhere. Circumglobal in tropical and temperate waters (Calder 2010; Schuchert 2012b).
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 9
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
FIGURE 1. a, Pennaria disticha: part of hydrocaulus with annulated pedicel and juvenile hydranth, ROMIZ B1118; scale
equals 0.5 mm. b, Cladocoryne floccosa: stem and hydranth, ROMIZ B1114, scale equals 0.5 mm. c, Velella velella: juvenile,
left-sailing form, ROMIZ B1113, scale equals 1 mm. d, Zanclea alba: pedicel and hydranth, ROMIZ B3961, scale equals 0.25
mm. e, Solanderia gracilis: tip of branch with three hydranths, ROMIZ B3962, scale equals 0.25 mm. f, Turritopsis
fascicularis: pedicel and hydranth with medusa bud, ROMIZ B1106, scale equals 0.25 mm. g, Parawrightia robusta: part of
pedicel and hydranth, ROMIZ B1110, scale equals 0.25 mm. h, Bimeria vestita: pedicel and hydranth, ROMIZ B1116, scale
equals 0.25 mm. i, Eudendrium carneum: part of hydrocaulus with pedicel and hydranth, ROMIZ B3960, scale equals 0.25
mm.
CALDER
10 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Family Zancleidae Russell, 1953
Zanclea alba (Meyen, 1834)
Fig. 1d
Acrochordium album Meyen, 1834: 165, pl. 28, fig. 8.
Type locality. North Atlantic Ocean: near the Azores, on Fucus natans (=Sargassum natans) (Meyen 1834).
Voucher material. Fort Pierce Inlet State Park, 27°28’29.5”N, 80°17’25.8”W, on stranded Sargassum fluitans,
14.vii.2012, 28° C, 35‰, collected manually, two colonies, with medusa buds, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B3961.
Remarks. The generic name Zanclea Gegenbaur, 1856, although predated by Acrochordium Meyen, 1834 and
Mnestra Krohn, 1853, has been conserved by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (1994). A
genus once erroneously thought monospecific (Calder 1988), 14 nominal species have been assigned to it by
Bouillon et al. (2006) and 34 by Schuchert (2012a). One of these, Z. alba (Meyen, 1834), is common on the
holopelagic gulfweeds Sargassum natans and especially S. fluitans in the North Atlantic (Calder 1995), and is
recorded here from the study area. Colonies of Z. alba usually occur within inner and older parts of the algal thallus
(e.g., on “stems”), and especially on colonies of the cheilostome bryozoan Membranipora tuberculata. That
microhabitat on gulfweed may offer increased shelter and reduced risk of desiccation. Species of Zanclea tend to
be substrate specialists, occurring in association with bryozoans, bivalves, or corals (e.g., Boero et al. 2000;
Fontana et al. 2012).
The binomen Zanclea alba is still relatively obscure, having been largely overlooked until the late 20th century
(Calder 1988). The following original reports of hydroids from Sargassum are likely to have been based on this
species: Clava amphorata Bosc, 1797 from the North Atlantic (Bosc 1797: 9); Zanclea alba (Meyen, 1834) from
Bermuda (Calder 1988, 1995) and Belize (Calder 1991b, c); Zanclea costata Gegenbaur, 1856 from the Tortugas
(Mayer 1910: 88), Texas (Deevey 1950: 349; Defenbaugh & Hopkins 1973: 47), Colombia (Fraser 1947: 3), and
Belize (Spracklin 1982: 240); Gemmaria costata (Gegenbaur, 1856) from North Carolina (Fraser 1912b: 346) and
the Atlantic Ocean off both Nantucket and Cape Hatteras (Fraser 1943: 86); Zanclea gemmosa McCrady, 1859
from off Martha’s Vineyard (Fraser 1944: 44); Gemmaria gemmosa (McCrady, 1859) from the Tortugas (Mayer
1900: 35) and from Woods Hole (Hargitt 1908: 105); Zanclea sp. from Puerto Rico (Wedler & Larson 1986);
Gemmaria from the western North Atlantic (Burkenroad, in Parr 1939: 24). So too is Murbach’s (1899) mistaken
report of Corynitis agassizii McCrady, 1859 from pelagic Sargassum in Vineyard Sound. Hargitt (1908) correctly
determined that Murbach’s hydroid was a species of Gemmaria McCrady, 1859 (=Zanclea) and not C. agassizii
(=Sphaerocoryne agassizii).
The life cycle of Zanclea alba includes a medusa having two well-developed tentacles, with cnidophores, at
liberation (Calder 1988). At that stage, gonads were undeveloped. Medusae have not been reared further in the
laboratory, and hydroids of Z. alba have not been clearly linked as yet to any known adult medusa. While such
medusae must exist in the Sargasso Sea, given the abundance and pelagic substrate of the hydroid, no medusoid
species of Zanclea were reported from the oceanic realm of the North Atlantic by Kramp (1959, 1961). Medusae
described as Zanclea costata from the plankton at the Tortugas by Mayer (1910) may be Z. alba, but they could
also be from hydroids of another species of Zanclea in the region.
The nematocyst complement of this hydroid comprises stenoteles of two size classes, while that of its juvenile
medusa includes stenoteles and macrobasic euryteles (Calder 1988; Galea 2008).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. New England, on floating Sargassum (Hargitt 1908, as Gemmaria gemmosa), to the
Caribbean Sea (Calder 1991c), including Bermuda (Calder 1988) and the Gulf of Mexico (Defenbaugh & Hopkins
1973, as Zanclea costata).
Elsewhere. Eastern Atlantic, near the Azores (Meyen 1834).
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 11
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Family Solanderiidae Marshall, 1892
Solanderia gracilis Duchassaing & Michelin, 1846
Fig. 1e
Solanderia gracilis Duchassaing & Michelin, 1846: 219.
Type locality. Caribbean Sea: Guadeloupe (Duchassaing & Michelin 1846).
Voucher material. Off Jupiter Inlet, 26°57.1’N, 79°59.6’W, 56 m, 06.v.1976, Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 2043,
diver lockout, one young colony, 1.5 cm high, without gonophores, coll. D. Girardin, ROMIZ B3962.
Remarks. Records of Solanderia gracilis Duchassaing & Michelin, 1846, endemic to the western Atlantic
Ocean and the only species of the genus known to occur in the region (Bouillon et al. 1992), have been summarized
in Larson (1987). Most accounts of this warm-water hydroid have been from the Caribbean Sea, although it has
also been found off North Carolina. The latter record was based on a specimen collected from the continental shelf
off Cape Fear (33°31’N, 77°25’W, 29 m, 18° C, ROMIZ B489), an area influenced by the warm Gulf Stream.
The hydroid from Florida examined here constitutes the second record of this shallow-water species from the
east coast of the United States, and extends its known depth range to 56 m. Now preserved in 70% ethanol, the
colony is small, very young, and straw-coloured rather than purplish to brownish-red as in larger, older colonies.
A detailed account of Solanderia gracilis, based largely on material from St. John in the Virgin Islands, was
given by Vervoort (1962). Absence of Solanderia gracilis from mainland areas and larger islands in the Caribbean
Sea was attributed by Larson (1987) to sedimentation, a factor he considered important in limiting its distribution.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Elsewhere. North Carolina (Larson 1987) to Bahia, Brazil (Bouillon et al. 1992), including the Caribbean Sea
(Larson 1987).
SUBORDER FILIFERA Kühn, 1913
Family Oceaniidae Eschscholtz, 1829
Turritopsis fascicularis Fraser, 1943
Fig. 1f
Turritopsis fascicularis Fraser, 1943: 76, pl. 15, figs. 1a, b.
Type locality. USA: Florida, off Alligator Reef, 24°41’45”N, 80°27’45”W, 118 fathoms (216 m) (Fraser 1943: 76).
Voucher material. Off Vero Beach, 27°41.2’N, 80°14.5’W, 17 m, 13.ii.1974, small biological dredge, R/V
Gosnold Station 220/226, one erect and fascicled colony, in poor condition, 1.9 cm high, without gonophores,
ROMIZ B1075.—Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°10.8’N, 80°00.8’W, 44 m, 19.iv.1977, Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 2187, diver
lockout, one colony, up to 1.1 cm high, with medusa buds, coll. L. Edmiston, ROMIZ B1106.
Remarks. Earlier, I regarded Turritopsis fascicularis Fraser, 1943 as conspecific with T. dohrnii (Weismann,
1883) from Europe (Calder 1988: 10). In the absence of information on life histories and relationships between
European and American populations, however, they are maintained here as distinct species. Unlike T. nutricula
McCrady, 1857, colonies of both nominal species are erect, polysiphonic, and branched.
Colonies identified as Turritopsis fascicularis from deep waters off Bermuda (Calder 1998: 10) have fixed
gonophores rather than free medusae, as originally described in this species by Fraser (1943), and may represent an
undescribed species.
Fraser’s (1943) type material of Turritopsis fascicularis from the Florida Keys was collected within the Gulf of
Mexico, as defined above.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. South Atlantic Bight (Wendt et al. 1989) to the Caribbean Sea (Calder 1991b).
CALDER
12 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Family Bougainvilliidae Lütken, 1850
Parawrightia robusta Warren, 1907
Fig. 1g
Parawrightia robusta Warren, 1907: 187, text-figs. 1, 2B, 3A,B, 4A,B, pls. 33, 34.—Jones, 2002: 217.
Type locality. South Africa: Natal, “...Park Rynie...Isipingo and Scottsburg” (Warren 1907).
Voucher material. Fort Pierce Inlet, north jetty, north side, 27°28’24.2”N, 80°17’20.3”W, low water,
20.ii.1991, collected manually, one colony, on Thyroscyphus ramosus, up to 5 mm high, without gonophores, coll.
D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B1110.
Remarks. Records of Parawrightia robusta Warren, 1907 indicate that it is a shallow-water hydroid, occurring
from low-water to about 12 m (Grohmann et al. 2003). It has been found on substrates such as seaweeds, sponges,
and other hydroids. Although reported infrequently, its occurrence on the east coast of Florida is not surprising
given its known distribution from Bermuda to Brazil in the western Atlantic (see below). Justification for
recognition of the genus Parawrightia Warren, 1907 has been given earlier (Calder 1988).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Biscayne Bay (Jones 2002).
Western Atlantic. Florida to Brazil (Grohmann et al. 2003), including Bermuda (Calder 1988) and the
Caribbean Sea (Wedler & Larson 1986, as Garveia robusta; Calder & Kirkendale 2005).
Elsewhere. Indian Ocean (Millard 1975, as Rhizorhagium robustum).
Bimeria vestita Wright, 1859
Fig. 1h
Bimeria vestita Wright, 1859:109, pl. 8, fig. 4.
Type locality. UK: Scotland, Firth of Forth, North Queensferry and Inch Garvie (Inchgarvie) (Wright 1859).
Voucher material. Fort Pierce Inlet, north jetty, north side, 27°28’24.2”N, 80°17’20.3”W, low water,
15.ii.1991, 20° C, collected manually, four colonies, up to 8 mm high, without gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder,
ROMIZ B1116. Fort Pierce Inlet, north jetty, north side, 27°28’24.2”N, 80°17’20.3”W, 0.1 m, on Pennaria
disticha, 15.ii.1991, 20° C, collected manually, one colony, 4 mm high, without gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder,
ROMIZ B1118.
Remarks. Bimeria humilis Allman, 1877 (type locality: Tortugas, Florida) has been regarded as conspecific
with B. vestita Wright, 1859 from Scotland (Calder 1988; Marques et al. 2000; Schuchert 2007). Synonymy of the
two names needs to be confirmed given the widely-separated provenances of the populations they denote and the
significant hydrographic differences between them. Recent accounts of hydroids attributed to the species have been
given by Genzano & Zamponi (1999), Marques et al. (2000), Schuchert (2007), and Calder (2010).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Continental shelf of South Carolina and Georgia (Wenner et al. 1984, as Bimeria humilis) to
Argentina (Genzano & Zamponi 1999), including Bermuda (Calder 1988), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns
2009, as B. humilis), and the Caribbean Sea (Calder & Kirkendale, 2005).
Elsewhere. Considered essentially circumglobal in tropical and temperate waters (Calder 2010).
Family Eudendriidae L. Agassiz, 1862
Eudendrium carneum Clarke, 1882
Fig. 1i
Eudendrium carneum Clarke, 1882: 137, pl. 7, figs. 10–17.—Winston, 1982: 160; 2010: 232.—Jones 2002: 218.
Type locality. USA: Virginia, Hampton Roads, Fort Wool (Clarke 1882).
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 13
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Voucher material. Fort Pierce Inlet, north jetty, north side, 27°28’24.1”N, 80°17’21.2”W, intertidal zone, on
rocks, 14.vii.2012, 28° C, 35‰, collected manually, five colonies, up to 3.4 cm high, without gonothecae, coll.
D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B3960.
Remarks. Colonies of the eurytopic hydroid Eudendrium carneum Clarke, 1882 are large, conspicuous, and
widespread in shallow temperate and tropical waters. Female colonies are particularly distinctive in bearing
fenestrated embryo-bearing perisarcal capsules along ultimate branchlets. Winston (1982) found it to be abundant
during warmer months of the year at coastal sites in the Indian River region of Florida, where it provided substrate
for bryozoans.
Evidence suggests that shipping has played a significant role in dispersal of Eudendrium carneum globally
(Watson 1985; Calder 2010). In the western North Atlantic, Fraser’s record of the species from 75 fathoms (137 m)
off Cape Canso, Nova Scotia, is regarded as erroneous based on known temperature tolerances (Calder 1990) and
overall distribution of this warm-water hydrozoan.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Indian River area (Winston 1982, 2010).—Biscayne Bay
(Jones 2002).
Western Atlantic. South coast of Cape Cod, Massachusetts (Fraser 1944) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted),
including Bermuda (Calder 1988), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Calder &
Kirkendale 2005).
Elsewhere. Circumglobal in tropical and warm-temperate waters (Schuchert 2008; Calder 2010).
FIGURE 2. a, Lovenella grandis: hydrocaulus with two hydrothecae and a gonotheca, ROMIZ B1076, scale equals 0.5 mm. b,
Lovenella grandis: hydrocaulus with pedicel and hydrotheca, ROMIZ B1076, scale equals 0.25 mm. c, Plicatotheca anitae:
part of hydrocaulus with two hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1072, scale equals 0.25 mm. d, Plicatotheca anitae: gonotheca, ROMIZ
B1072, scale equals 0.25 mm. e, Lafoea intorta, sp. nov.: part of hydrocaulus with five hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1098, scale
equals 0.25 mm. f, Lafoea intorta, sp. nov.: part of hydrocaulus with a hydrotheca, ROMIZ B1098, scale equals 0.10 mm.
CALDER
14 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
ORDER LEPTOTHECATA Cornelius, 1992
SUBORDER CONICA Broch, 1910
Family Lovenellidae Russell, 1953
Lovenella grandis Nutting, 1901
Fig. 2a, b
Lovenella grandis Nutting, 1901: 353, fig. 45.
Type locality. USA: Rhode Island, Newport Harbor, off Castle Hill (Nutting 1901).
Voucher material. Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°08.5’N, 80°01.6’W, 32 m, 26.ii.1974, Smith-McIntyre grab, R/V
Gosnold Station 222/266E, four colony fragments, one on small shell fragment, up to 4.3 cm high, with
gonophores, ROMIZ B1076.
Remarks. Material examined here could not be distinguished in any significant way from accounts of
Lovenella grandis Nutting, 1901, a species first described from New England. Gonothecae in specimens from
Florida had a distinct collar terminally instead of being truncate, but this is taken to be merely a developmental
difference in a poorly-known species.
Primary records of Lovenella grandis are few in number (e.g., Nutting 1901; Hargitt 1908; Sumner et al. 1913;
Fraser 1941; Defenbaugh 1972; Defenbaugh & Hopkins 1973) and are limited to the east and gulf coasts of the
United States. Of the hydroids examined in this collection, L. grandis is unusual in apparently being a temperate
species at the southern limits of its range rather than a tropical-subtropical species extending northwards into the
southeastern United States. Other lots of this species in collections at the ROM are from South Carolina (Murrells
Inlet, Main Creek, 33°32’51”N, 79°01’27”W, 22.v.1975, coll. D. Calder, ROMIZ B1549; Murrells Inlet, Main
Creek, 33°33’14”N, 79°01’20”W, 22.v.1975, coll. D. Calder, ROMIZ B1553) and Massachusetts (Nantucket
Sound off Martha’s Vineyard, east of East Chop Lighthouse, 41°27.425’N, 70°31.591’W, 12 m, 15.x.2001, on
shell, coll. D. Calder, ROMIZ B3500).
Little is yet known about the life cycle of Lovenella grandis, although gonothecae observed here, first
described by Fraser (1941), contained medusa buds rather than fixed sporosacs. In his original description of the
species, Nutting (1901) reported that gonophores produced “free, bell-shaped medusae with 8 tentacles in two sets,
and 4 lithocysts.”
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Massachusetts (Hargitt 1908, Sumner et al. 1913) to Florida (this study); northern Gulf of
Mexico (Defenbaugh & Hopkins 1973).
Family Phialellidae Russell, 1953
Plicatotheca anitae Calder & Vervoort, 1986
Fig. 2c, d
Plicatotheca anitae Calder & Vervoort, 1986: 2022, figs. 1–4.
Type locality. Bermuda: 2 km southeast of Castle Roads, 60–90 m (Calder & Vervoort 1986).
Voucher material. Off Sebastian Inlet, 27°52.5’N, 79°57.5’W, 75–98 m, 28.ii.1974, Smith-McIntyre grab, R/
V Gosnold Station 222/274D, six colony fragments, up to 1.5 cm high, with two gonothecae, ROMIZ B1072.
Remarks. Plicatotheca anitae Calder & Vervoort, 1986 appears to be widely distributed, having been reported
from the Pacific and Indian oceans as well as the western and eastern Atlantic. Although Bermuda is the type
locality of the species, this is only the second record of it in the western Atlantic. It is a species of deeper waters,
having a reported bathymetric distribution of 60–1480 m (Vervoort 2006). Specimens examined here were
collected at the upper end of this range, on the outer edge of the continental shelf off the east coast of Florida.
Gonothecae of Plicatotheca anitae are reported here for the second time. They correspond with the description
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 15
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
of Gili et al. (1989), based on material from Guinea Bissau, western Africa, in being laterally flattened and
triangular in shape. As with the specimens of Gili et al., gonothecae observed here were empty and the nature of
the gonophore could not be determined.
Plicatotheca anitae resembles Campanulina denticulata Clarke, 1907, originally described from abyssal
depths (2845 fathoms = 5203 m) off Peru. In addition to trophosomal differences between the two noted earlier
(Calder 1991a), the gonotheca of P. anitae is now known to be triangular rather than long and irregularly
cylindrical as in C. denticulata. Campanulina indivisa Fraser, 1948 from 267–347 fathoms (488–634 m) off
Catalina Island, California, regarded as conspecific with C. denticulata by Vervoort (1966), was referred to
Plicatotheca Calder & Vervoort, 1986 by Calder et al. (2009). That generic assignment is doubtful if gonothecae of
C. indivisa, presently unknown, prove identical with those of C. denticulata.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Bermuda (Calder 1991a) to Florida (this study).
Elsewhere. Atlantic and Indo-Pacific regions, from deeper neritic to bathyal depths (Vervoort 2006).
Family Lafoeidae A. Agassiz, 1865
Lafoea intorta, sp. nov.
Figs. 2e, f, 3, 4
? Lafoea gracillima.—Clarke, 1879: 243.—Fraser 1944: 225 [part].
FIGURE 3. Lafoea intorta, sp. nov.: a, part of hydrocaulus with two hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1098; b, hydrotheca, with
diaphragm marked by an arrow, ROMIZ B1098.
Type material. Holotype: off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°11.8’N, 79°57.3’W, 87 m, 04.x.1986, Johnson-Sea-Link, J028/
JSL 2132, one colony, 2.5 cm high, without coppiniae, coll. R. Roesch, ROMIZ B1098.
Etymology. The specific name intorta is taken from the Latin word for “twisted” or “tangled,” in reference to
the bushy and tangled appearance of the hydroid colony.
Description. Colony erect, profusely tangled, about 3 cm high, arising from a creeping and somewhat
wrinkled hydrorhiza, comprising several hydrocauli. Larger hydrocauli polysiphonic throughout most of length,
becoming progressively more slender distally, monosiphonic at distal end, irregularly branched; larger branches
resembling hydrocauli, polysiphonic except at extremities; smaller and younger branches monosiphonic
throughout; perisarc of stem and branches thickest basally, thinning out distally. Hydrothecal pedicels 130–210 m
in length, sometimes almost straight but usually with a curve or loose twist basally, diameter of pedicels 60–70 m
CALDER
16 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
and remaining nearly uniform throughout length, arising directly from all sides of hydrocaulus and branches, never
adnate basally, most given off at an angle of 45 degrees or more from stem and branches. Hydrothecae deeply
conical and with smooth walls, sometimes nearly symmetrical but more often somewhat curved with abcauline
wall less convex than adcauline side, length abcauline wall 380–500 m, length adcauline wall 420–550 m; base
of hydrotheca with an irregular whorl of punctae just above a filmy diaphragm, then merging almost imperceptibly
with pedicel; diameter across diaphragm 65–85 m; hydrothecal margin entire, distinctly everted, occasionally
renovated in older parts of colony; orifice round, 150–165 m in diameter, without an operculum. Nematothecae
absent. Hydranths with about 12 filiform tentacles.
Gonophores not seen.
Nematocysts (Fig. 4): microbasic mastigophores (5.5–6.4 m long x 2.1–2.6 m wide; n = 10), abundant on
tentacles; holotrichous isorhizas (23.2–24.5 m long x 9.0–10.0 m wide; n = 10), common on hydranth body and
in coenosarc. Identifications of nematocyst categories are tentative; discharged threads were too indistinct in
ethanol-preserved material for certain designation.
FIGURE 4. Lafoea intorta, sp. nov., nematocysts, ROMIZ B1098: a, microbasic mastigophores, from tentacle; b,
holotrichous isorhiza, from hydranth; c, holotrichous isorhiza, partially discharged.
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 17
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Remarks. The warm-water Lafoea intorta, sp. nov., resembles Lafoea dumosa (Fleming, 1820), L. fruticosa
(M. Sars, 1850), and L. gracillima (Alder, 1856), cold-water species found at higher latitudes or at greater depths
further south. While species of Lafoea Lamouroux, 1821 are difficult to identify because of their morphological
variability, and their taxonomy is therefore unsettled, material examined here can nevertheless be distinguished
from each of these putative species. In L. intorta, pedicels are longer and more obviously twisted than those of L.
dumosa, a species with hydrothecae that appear almost sessile. Conversely, its pedicels are shorter and have fewer
twists than in either L. fruticosa or L. gracillima. Unlike in L. gracillima, its hydrothecae are deep-cone-shaped
rather than decidedly narrow and cylindrical, and the hydrothecal margin is distinctly flared instead of straight or
slightly flared. Hydrothecae of L. intorta are smaller than those of L. dumosa and L. fruticosa. A filmy, vestigial
diaphragm was observed in some of the empty hydrothecae (Fig. 3b), a structure said to be absent in the genus
(Millard 1975; Cornelius 1995a; Bouillon et al. 2006).
On biogeographic grounds, material identified as Lafoea gracillima by Clarke (1879) from shelf waters of
southwest Florida and by Fraser (1944) from northwest of the Dry Tortugas (Florida) may have been L. intorta.
Existence of the Arctic-boreal species L. gracillima in the subtropical southeastern Gulf of Mexico where these
sites are located is improbable. A colony identified as Lafoea fruticulosa (sic) by Wenner et al. (1984) from a reef
on the outer continental shelf off Charleston, South Carolina (32°29.5’N, 78°49.5’W, 50 m, 5.v.1981, R/V Dolphin,
Cerame-Vivas dredge, without gonophores, ROMIZ B1916) was re-examined here and found to be identical with
L. intorta. That specimen is designated here as a paratype of the species.
The cnidome of Lafoea intorta includes what are believed to be microbasic mastigophores and holotrichous
isorhizas. Other nematocyst categories were observed as well, but it was unclear whether they were part of the
cnidome or simply exogenous ones. Study material long preserved in alcohol rendered nematocyst examination
difficult.
Reported distribution. South Carolina (Wenner et al. 1984, as Lafoea fruticulosa) to the central east coast of
Florida (this study).
Family Hebellidae Fraser, 1912b
Hebella venusta (Allman, 1877)
Fig. 5a
Lafoea venusta Allman, 1877: 11, pl. 6, figs. 2, 3.
Type locality. USA: Florida, Loggerhead Key (Allman 1877).
Voucher material. Bethel Shoal off Vero Beach, 27°42.6’N, 80°06.8’W, 24 m, on Thyroscyphus marginatus,
18.ii.1976, Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 328, diver lockout, one colony, without gonothecae, coll. S. Nelson, ROMIZ
B1097.
Remarks. Hebella venusta (Allman, 1877) appears to be common in the Caribbean region (Fraser 1944, as
Lafoea venusta; Vervoort 1968; Galea 2010; Castellanos Iglesias 2011). The species was collected on Challenger
Bank near Bermuda in 1873 during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger (Ritchie 1909, as Lafoea venusta; Calder
1991a), but it has not been seen in that region since then and appears to have become locally extinct (Sterrer 1998;
Calder 2000). Records from the Indian Ocean (Ritchie 1910, as Lafoea venusta; Mergner & Wedler 1977) need to
be verified.
Gonothecae of H. venusta were first described by Galea (2010), but the character of the gonophores is still
unknown.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. North Carolina (Cain 1972) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted), including Bermuda (Calder
1991a), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Galea 2010).
CALDER
18 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
FIGURE 5. a, Hebella venusta: pedicel and hydrotheca, ROMIZ B1097, scale equals 0.20 mm. b, Hebella sp.: pedicel and
hydrotheca, ROMIZ B1132, scale equals 0.25 mm. c, Hebellopsis communis: pedicel and hydrotheca, ROMIZ B1100, scale
equals 0.10 mm. d, Hebellopsis gigas: pedicel and hydrotheca, ROMIZ B1082, scale equals 0.25 mm. e, Hebellopsis scandens:
pedicel and hydrotheca, ROMIZ B1091, scale equals 0.10 mm. f, Cryptolaria pectinata: distal part of a hydrocladium, ROMIZ
B1120, scale equals 0.25 mm.
Hebella sp.
Fig. 5b
Voucher material. Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°10.7’N, 80°02.7’W, on Aglaophenia latecarinata, 23 m, vii.1975,
Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 274, one colony, without gonophores, coll. T. Askew, ROMIZ B1132.
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 19
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Remarks. The hydroid colony examined here was small, with only two hydrothecae, and it lacked gonothecae.
Its hydrothecae resemble those of a number of hebellid species, including Scandia mutabilis (Ritchie, 1907),
Anthohebella parasitica (Ciamician, 1880), and Hebella furax Millard, 1957. The first of these three species has
fixed gonophores (Fraser 1912b), while the other two liberate a medusa (Boero 1980; Migotto & de Andrade
2000). In the absence of knowledge about its gonophores, however, present material cannot be identified to species
with any degree of certainty and is even assigned to the genus Hebella Allman, 1888 with question.
Hebellopsis communis Calder, 1991a
Fig. 5c
Hebellopsis communis Calder, 1991a: 42, Figs. 26 a, b.
Type locality. Bermuda: 2 km off Castle Roads (Calder 1991a).
Voucher material. Bethel Shoal off Vero Beach, 27°42.6’N, 80°06.8’W, 24 m, on Thyroscyphus marginatus,
18.ii.1976, Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 328, diver lockout, one colony, without gonothecae, coll. S. Nelson, ROMIZ
B1100.
Remarks. Hebellopsis communis Calder, 1991a resembles H. scandens (Bale, 1888), but differs in having: (1)
hydrothecae that are deeper (>500 m vs. <500 m) and deeply campanulate rather than cylindrical and often
markedly curved, (2) hydrothecal pedicels that are spirally annulated and of varied length (up to 400 m long)
rather than smooth and short (up to 130 m long), and (3) hydrothecal orifices with larger openings (diameter 256–
280 m vs. 160–191 m). Hydrothecae resemble those of Hebella furax Millard, 1957 but lack a rounded annular
ring basally. Hebellopsis gigas (Pieper, 1884) is also similar, but it has longer pedicels and hydrothecae with a more
pronounced distal flare.
This species, usually epizoic on other hydroids (especially Thyroscyphus marginatus Allman, 1877), is known
only from the warm western Atlantic (Calder 1991a, 2000; Castellanos Iglesias et al. 2011; Oliveira et al.
submitted). Its gonophores have yet to be described.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Bermuda (Calder 1991a) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted).
Hebellopsis gigas (Pieper, 1884)
Fig. 5d
Lafoea gigas Pieper, 1884: 165.
Type locality. Adriatic Sea: east coast (Pieper 1884).
Voucher material. Off Melbourne, 28°04.0’N, 80°12.8’W, 25 m, 01.iii.1974, R/V Gosnold Station 222/281B,
Smith-McIntyre grab, one colony, on a bivalve shell, 3 mm high, without gonophores, ROMIZ B1082.
Remarks. Galea (2008) presented evidence that Laomedea michaelsarsi Leloup, 1935, originally from the
Tortugas, Florida, and Lafoea gigas Pieper, 1884, first described from the Adriatic Sea, are conspecific. His
conclusion is followed here, although a molecular comparison of material from the two regions is needed to
confirm synonymy of the two names.
Few morphological characters exist in hydroid stages of taxa currently assigned to Hebellidae Fraser, 1912b,
and classification within the family overall remains flawed. Efforts to resolve relationships from molecular work
have only just begun, although both Hebellidae and the supposedly related Lafoeidae A. Agassiz, 1865 appear to be
polyphyletic (Peña Cantero et al., 2010; Moura et al. 2012). Relationships to other families, including Laodiceidae
L. Agassiz, 1862, Zygophylacidae Quelch, 1885, and Tiarannidae Russell, 1940, are still unclear. Disagreement
continues over the number and scope of genera within Hebellidae.
As for the present species, its frequent referral to Scandia Fraser, 1912b is incorrect in my opinion. Scandia, as
defined by its type species S. mutabilis Ritchie, 1907, is characterized by having a rounded annular perisarcal
thickening at the base of the hydrotheca, a feature lacking in both Lafoea gigas Pieper, 1884 and its putative
synonym Laomedea michaelsarsi Leloup, 1935. For the same reason this species is not referable to Staurodiscus
CALDER
20 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Haeckel, 1879, Hebella Allman, 1888, or Anthohebella Boero, Bouillon & Kubota, 1997 (distinguished from
Hebella in having swimming gonophores instead of eumedusoids or medusae). For now I continue to recognize
Hebellopsis Hadži, 1913 (type species: Hebellopsis brochii Hadži, 1913) as valid, distinguishing it amongst genera
of this group in having a distinct diaphragm rather than a rounded annular thickening at the base of the hydrotheca,
as in those genera above. In possessing that character, Lafoea gigas conforms with Hebellopsis and is referred to it
here. As for the type species of the genus, Hadži (1913) spelled the specific name of the type species of the genus
as both brochi (in the title, and in captions to figs. 30–32) and brochii (p. 188) in the original description. Under the
First Reviser Principle, the name brochii, more widely used of the two in recent key works (Bouillon et al. 2006;
Schuchert 2012a), is taken as the correct original spelling.
Detailed recent accounts of this species are given by Peña Cantero & García Carrascosa (2002) based on
collections from the Mediterranean, and by Galea (2008) from Caribbean material.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Bermuda area (Calder 1998, 2000, as Hebellopsis michaelsarsi) to the Caribbean Sea (Galea
2008, as Scandia gigas).
Elsewhere. Eastern Atlantic (Altuna Prados 1994, as Scandia gigas) and Mediterranean (Broch 1933; Peña
Cantero & García Carrascosa 2002, as S. gigas); Galápagos (Calder et al. 2003, as H. michaelsarsi).
Hebellopsis scandens (Bale, 1888)
Fig. 5e
Lafoea scandens Bale, 1888: 758, pl. 13, figs. 16–19.
Type locality. Australia: Port Stephens and Port Jackson (Bale 1888).
Voucher material. Bethel Shoal off Vero Beach, 27°42.6’N, 80°06.8’W, 24 m, on Pasya quadridentata,
18.ii.1976, Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 328, diver lockout, four colony fragments, without gonothecae, coll. S. Nelson,
ROMIZ B1091.
Remarks. This widespread species, common as an epizoite on other hydroids, has been reported along the east
coast of the United States as Hebella calcarata A. Agassiz, 1865 by authors including Fraser (1944). Confusion
over that binomen, now included in the synonymy of Laodicea undulata (Forbes & Goodsir, 1853), has been
reviewed earlier (Calder 1991a). It is especially frequent in the region south of Cape Hatteras (Fraser 1912b, as H.
calcarata; Calder & Hester 1978, as Hebella scandens; Wenn er et al. 1983, 1984, as H. scandens). Records of this
species in boreal waters north of Cape Cod, listed in Fraser (1944) are considered doubtful.
The medusa stage of this species was raised in the laboratory from the hydroid and described by Altuna Prados
(1996).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. New England (Fraser 1944, as Hebella calcarata A. Agassiz, 1865) to Argentina (Oliveira et
al. submitted, as H. scandens), including Bermuda (Calder 1991a), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009),
and the Caribbean Sea (Vervoort 1968, as H. scandens var. contorta).
Elsewhere. Circumglobal in tropical, subtropical and temperate waters (Vervoort & Watson 2003).
Family Zygophylacidae Quelch, 1885
Cryptolaria pectinata (Allman, 1888)
Fig. 5f
Perisiphonia pectinata Allman, 1888: 45, pl. 21, figs. 2, 2a–b.
Type locality. New Zealand: Challenger Station 169 (37°34’S, 179°22’E) (Allman 1888).
Voucher material. Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°11.8’N, 79°57.3’W, 87 m, 04.x.1986, Johnson-Sea-Link, J028/JSL
2132, one colony, 2.5 cm high, without coppiniae, coll. R. Roesch, ROMIZ B1120.
Remarks. This species was first reported in the western Atlantic, as Eucryptolaria pinnata Fraser, 1938 (type
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 21
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
locality: Galápagos Islands), by Fraser (1943). Following examination of its type material, E. pinnata was included
in the synonymy of Cryptolaria pectinata (Allman, 1888) by Calder et al. (2009). The monotypic genus
Eucryptolaria Fraser, 1938 had been referred earlier to Cryptolaria Busk, 1857 by Rees & Vervoort (1987).
Evidence from recent cladistic (Marques et al. 2006) and molecular (Moura et al. 2012) studies demonstrate
that Cryptolaria should be assigned to the same family-group cluster as Zygophylax Quelch, 1885 and Abietinella
Levinsen, 1913. Moura et al. also contended that Zygophylacinae Quelch, 1885, usually included as a subfamily
within Lafoeidae A. Agassiz, 1865 for this group of genera, merited recognition as a distinct family. Their
recommendation is adopted here. Moreover, they also found evidence of cryptic diversity within eastern Atlantic
populations of Cryptolaria pectinata. Comparisons of hydroids assigned to C. pectinata from the western Atlantic
with those from the type locality of New Zealand, and elsewhere, appear warranted.
The hydroid examined here was collected at a depth of 87 m near the edge of the continental shelf, east of St.
Lucie Inlet. No coenosarc or hydranths were present, and the colony appeared to be recently dead.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Cape Fear, North Carolina (Henry et al. 2008) to the Caribbean Sea (Fraser 1943, as
Eucryptolaria pinnata) and Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009).
Elsewhere. Circumglobal at lower latitudes in deeper waters (49–1280 m) (Vervoort & Watson 2003).
Family Haleciidae Hincks, 1868
Halecium calderi Galea, 2010
Fig. 6a–c
Halecium calderi Galea, 2010: 9, figs. 3A–J.
Type locality. Guadeloupe: Grande-Terre, Les Ancres (16° 27.002´N, 61° 32.320´W) (Galea 2010).
Voucher material. Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°12.8’N, 80°01.2’W, 39 m, 17.v.1976, Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 2046,
diver lockout, two colonies, up to 2 cm high, with gonophores, coll. J. Reed, ROMIZ B1094.—Off St. Lucie Inlet,
27°11.8’N, 80°00.6’W, 42 m, on Oculina varicosa, 17.v.1976, Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 2047, diver lockout, one
colony, 4 cm high, with gonophores, coll. G. Melton, ROMIZ B1124.
Remarks. This is the second record of a species recently described from Guadeloupe by Galea (2010),
extending its known range northwards to Florida from the Caribbean Sea. Male gonothecae are illustrated for the
first time (Fig. 6c). They differ from those of the female (Fig. 6b) in having fewer lateral crests and in being
approximately 30% smaller.
FIGURE 6. a, Halecium calderi: part of hydrocaulus with hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1094, scale equals 0.25 mm. b, Halecium
calderi: female gonotheca, ROMIZ B1094, scale equals 0.25 mm. c, Halecium calderi: male gonotheca, ROMIZ B1124, scale
equals 0.20 mm. d, Halecium tenellum: a, part of hydrocaulus with hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1105, scale equals 0.25 mm.
CALDER
22 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Morphologically, Halecium calderi Galea, 2010 closely resembles Halecium sibogae Billard, 1929 (type
locality: Indonesia) and H. sibogae marocanum Billard, 1934 (type locality: Morocco). Relationships of these
nominal species-group taxa remain unresolved. For now, the binomen established by Galea (2010) for the warm
western North Atlantic population is adopted.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Florida (this record) to Guadeloupe (Galea 2010).
Halecium tenellum Hincks, 1861b
Fig. 6d
Halecium tenellum Hincks, 1861b: 252, pl. 6, figs. 1–4.—Jones, 2002: 216.
Type locality. UK: Devon, Salcombe Bay (Hincks 1961b).
Voucher material. Jeff’s Reef off Fort Pierce, 27°32.8’N, 79°58.8’W, 80 m, 15.iv.1977, Johnson-Sea-Link,
JSL 2184-A, diver lockout, one colony, 1.3 cm high, without gonophores, coll. F. Stanton, ROMIZ B1105.
Remarks. The morphology of the hydroid examined here approaches accounts of Halecium delicatulum
Coughtrey, 1876 (type locality: Upper Harbour, Dunedin, New Zealand) and H. mediterraneum Weismann, 1883
(type locality: Naples, Italy) in having typically long primary hydrophores. However, no pseudodiaphragm such as
that often reported in both of those species (e.g., Schuchert 2005) was present in hydrophores of the colony from
Florida. It was also small (1.3 cm high) and its hydrocaulus monosiphonic except at the base, as is typical of
Halecium tenellum Hincks, 1861b.
In the western North Atlantic, Fraser (1944) included distribution records of Halecium tenellum from Hudson
Strait to the Caribbean Sea. At least some reports of the species from high latitudes have been based on
misidentifications (Hamond 1957; Cornelius 1975; Calder 1991a; Schuchert 2005). The species is more likely
restricted to temperate and tropical waters. An extensive list of literature pertaining to H. tenellum was given by
Medel & Vervoort (2000).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Biscayne Bay (Jones 2002).
Western Atlantic. Possibly from southern New England (Fraser 1944) to Argentina (Oliveira et al. submitted),
including Bermuda (Calder 1991a), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Galea
2010).
Elsewhere. Considered a cosmopolitan species by Medel & Vervoort (2000), but see Remarks above.
Family Thyroscyphidae Stechow, 1920
Symmetroscyphus intermedius (Congdon, 1907)
Fig. 7a, b
Thyroscyphus intermedius Congdon, 1907: 482, figs. 33–36.
Type locality. Bermuda: Mangrove Bay, 32°18'10"N, 64°51'30"W (Congdon 1907).
Voucher material. Bessie Cove, north of St. Lucie Inlet, 27°11’07”N, 80°09’41”W, on seagrass, <0.5 m,
19.ii.1991, collected manually, one colony in two fragments, up to 4 mm high, without gonophores, coll. D.R.
Calder, ROMIZ B1117.
Remarks. A taxonomic account of Symmetroscyphus intermedius (Congdon, 1907) has been given earlier
(Calder 1991a). Occurring in shallow-waters with algal symbionts in its tissues, this species is found on substrates
such as seagrasses, algae, prop roots of red mangroves, and other hydroids (Calder 1991c; Kaehler & Hughes 1992;
Galea 2008; Castellanos Iglesias et al. 2011). Gonophores of S. intermedius remain undescribed.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic: Bermuda (Calder 1991a) to the Caribbean Sea (Calder & Kirkendale 2005; Castellanos
Iglesias et al. 2011).
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 23
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
FIGURE 7. a, Symmetroscyphus intermedius: part of erect colony, ROMIZ B1117, scale equals 0.5 mm. b, Symmetroscyphus
intermedius: part of colony with two hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1117, scale equals 0.25 mm. c, Thyroscyphus marginatus: part of
hydrocaulus with three hydrothecae, ROMIZ B3963, scale equals 0.5 mm. d, Thyroscyphus marginatus: pedicel and
hydrotheca, ROMIZ B3963, scale equals 0.25 mm. e, Thyroscyphus ramosus: part of hydrocaulus with four hydrothecae,
ROMIZ B1133, scale equals 0.5 mm. f, Thyroscyphus ramosus: pedicel and hydrotheca, ROMIZ B1133, scale equals 0.25
mm.
Thyroscyphus marginatus (Allman, 1877)
Fig. 7c, d
Obelia marginata Allman, 1877: 9, pl. 6, figs. 1, 2.
Thyroscyphus marginatus.—Cummings, 1994: 1208.—Jones, 2002: 218.
Type locality. USA: Florida, off Loggerhead Key (Allman 1877).
Voucher material. Bethel Shoal off Vero Beach, 27°42.6’N, 80°06.8’W, 24 m, 18.ii.1976, Johnson-Sea-Link,
JSL 328, diver lockout, one colony fragment, 3 cm high, without gonothecae, coll. S. Nelson, ROMIZ B3963.
Remarks. Thyroscyphus marginatus (Allman, 1877) is a conspicuous species, forming large colonies that
reach as much as nine inches (23 cm) high (Allman 1877). It is easily distinguished from the sympatric T. ramosus
Allman, 1877 in having an entire (non-cuspate) rather than a four-cusped hydrothecal margin, and a single
operculum that is shed rather than a persistent one of four valves.
CALDER
24 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
In some earlier papers (Calder 1993, 1998, 2000; Calder & Kirkendale 2005; Calder & Cairns 2009) I assigned
this species to Cnidoscyphus Splettstösser, 1929, a genus originally established with three included species
(Laomedea torresii Busk, 1852; Obelia marginata Allman, 1877; and Thyroscyphus aequalis Warren, 1908). No
type species was designated for it until Vervoort (1993: 104) chose L. torresii Busk, 1852 as the name-bearing type.
Cnidoscyphus was founded on an invalid character (presence of large nematocysts in the mantle lining of the
hydrotheca, now known in several thyroscyphid and sertulariid genera) and it is currently regarded as a junior
synonym of Thyroscyphus Allman, 1877 (Bouillon et al. 2006).
This hydroid species is widely reported in the tropical western Atlantic (see records in Fraser 1944, as
Campanularia marginata; Vervoort 1968, as Cnidoscyphus marginatus; Calder & Kirkendale 2005, as C.
marginatus; Galea 2008; Castellanos Iglesias et al. 2011). It extends northwards into shelf waters of the
southeastern United States (Cain 1972, as C. marginatus; Wenner et al. 1983, 1984; Cummings 1994) and Gulf of
Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009, as C. marginatus), but is infrequent in estuaries of the region (Calder 1983).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Boca Raton (Cummings 1994).—Biscayne Bay (Jones
2002).
Western Atlantic. North Carolina (Cain 1972, as Cnidoscyphus marginatus) to Brazil (Oliveira et al.
submitted), including Bermuda (Calder 1991a), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009, as C. marginatus), and
the Caribbean Sea (Galea 2008).
Elsewhere. Eastern Atlantic (Vervoort 1959, as C. marginatus; Medel & Vervoort 1998, as C. marginatus).
Thyroscyphus ramosus Allman, 1877
Fig. 7e, f
Thyroscyphus ramosus Allman, 1877: 11, pl. 6, figs. 5, 6.—Winston, 1982: 116; 2010: 231.
Type locality. USA: Florida, south of Sand Key, 10 fathoms (18 m) (Allman 1877).
Voucher material. Off Fort Pierce, 27°29.6’N, 80°17.0’W, 7–8 m, SCUBA, one fragmentary colony, 4 cm
high, without gonophores, coll. F. Stanton, ROMIZ B1133.—Fort Pierce Inlet, north jetty, 13.iii.1975, collected
manually, one colony, 14 cm high, without gonophores, coll. J.E. Winston, ROMIZ B1926.
Remarks. Thyroscyphus ramosus Allman, 1877 is widely reported in the Caribbean region (Vervoort 1968;
Calder & Kirkendale 2005; Galea 2008; Castellanos Iglesias et al. 2011). Shimabukuro & Marques (2006)
provided a detailed account of its morphology based on material from Brazil.
According to Winston (1982), Thyroscyphus ramosus is abundant year-round on the North Beach breakwater
at Fort Pierce, Florida, within the study area, although colonies she observed there were dormant during January. A
large hydroid extending bathymetrically into the intertidal zone, it was an important substrate for bryozoans in the
area. In turn, it grows on a variety of substrates, both animate (e.g., algae, sponges) and inanimate (e.g., artificial
reefs, rocks, sand, pilings) (Oliveira et al. submitted). Although usually recorded from relatively shallow waters,
Nutting (1915) reported T. ramosus from 100–250 fathoms (183–457 m) off Morro Castle, Cuba.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Indian River area (Winston 1982, 2010).
Western Atlantic. Sebastian Inlet, Florida (Winston 1982: 116) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted), and
including the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009) and the Caribbean Sea (Galea 2008).
Elsewhere. Eastern Atlantic (Vervoort 1959); ?Indian Ocean (Leloup 1932).
Family Sertulariidae Lamouroux, 1812
Diphasia digitalis (Busk, 1852)
Fig. 8a
Sertularia digitalis Busk, 1852: 393.
Type locality. Australia: Torres Strait, Prince of Wales Channel (Busk 1852: 393).
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 25
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
FIGURE 8. a, Diphasia digitalis: part of a hydrocladium with hydrothecal pairs, ROMIZ B3964, scale equals 0.25 mm. b,
Dynamena crisioides: part of hydrocaulus with basal part of a hydrocladium and hydrothecae, ROMIZ B3965, scale equals
0.25 mm. c, Dynamena dalmasi: part of hydrocaulus with two hydrothecal pairs, ROMIZ B1081, scale equals 0.25 mm. d,
Dynamena disticha: part of hydrocaulus with two hydrothecal pairs, ROMIZ B3966, scale equals 0.20 mm. e, Pasya
quadridentata: part of hydrocaulus with three hydrothecal pairs, ROMIZ B1085, scale equals 0.25 mm. f, Pasya
quadridentata: gonotheca, ROMIZ B1085, scale equals 0.25 mm. g, Salacia desmoides: part of hydrocaulus with two
hydrothecal pairs, ROMIZ B3967, scale equals 0.25 mm. h, Sertularella areyi: part of hydrocaulus with two hydrothecae,
ROMIZ B1135, scale equals 0.5 mm. i, Sertularella conica: part of hydrocaulus with three hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1087, scale
equals 0.25 mm.
CALDER
26 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Voucher material. West Palm Beach, on reef seaward of the Breakers Hotel, 45 feet (13.7 m), together with
Halopteris carinata, January 1991, SCUBA, one colony, 2.5 cm high, without gonophores, coll. P. Humann,
ROMIZ B3964.
Remarks. Diphasia digitalis (Busk, 1852) was first reported in the western Atlantic by Allman (1877) from
Key West, Florida, although he assigned it to a new genus and species (Desmoscyphus longitheca). Soon after,
Allman (1888) reported it from Bahia, Brazil, but described it as a new species (Desmoscyphus acanthocarpus).
Nutting (1904) concluded that Desmoscyphus longitheca Allman, 1877 and D. acanthocarpus Allman, 1888 were
identical after examining types of the two nominal species, and assigned both to the synonymy of Diphasia
digitalis.
Bale (1884: 101) noted that colonies of this species appear “dark gray, almost black.” Others have described
them as dark brown (e.g., Morri et al. 2009). The colouration is due to blackish pigment granules in epidermal
layers of the coenosarc (Schuchert 2003). Material examined here, in fair condition, had obvious black pigment
granules in the coenosarc.
The known range of Diphasia digitalis in the western Atlantic is extended slightly to the north, having been
reported earlier from the Florida Keys (Fraser 1944).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. West Palm Beach area, Florida (reported herein) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted), and
including the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009) and the Caribbean Sea (Vervoort 1968).
Elsewhere. Circumglobal in tropical and subtropical waters (Millard 1975; Schuchert 2003).
Dynamena crisioides Lamouroux, 1824
Fig. 8b
Dynamena crisioides Lamouroux, 1824: 613, pl. 90, figs. 11, 12.
Type locality. Indonesia: Moluccas (Lamouroux 1824).
Voucher material. Off Palm Beach, 26°48.4’N, 79°58.6’W, 37 m, 16.ix.1975, Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 288,
one colony, 4.5 cm high, without gonophores, coll. S. Nelson, ROMIZ B1089.—Fort Pierce Inlet, north jetty, north
side, 27°28’24.1”N, 80°17’21.2”W, intertidal zone, on rocks, 14.vii.2012, 28° C, 35‰, collected manually, seven
cormoids, up to 3.7 mm high, two with gonothecae, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B3965.
Remarks. Dynamena crisioides Lamouroux, 1824 is a conspicuous and well-known intertidal and shallow
subtidal species occurring at lower latitudes worldwide. It was found here off the east coast of Florida at a depth of
37 m (ROMIZ B1089), as well as intertidally on jetty rocks at Fort Pierce Inlet (ROMIZ B3965). Taxonomic
(Calder 1991a) and ecological (Calder, 1991d) accounts of the species have been given earlier.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Bahamas, Florida Keys (Fraser 1944), and Dry Tortugas (Van Gemerden-Hoogeveen 1965)
to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted), including Bermuda (Calder 1991a), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns
2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Galea 2008).
Elsewhere. Circumglobal in shallow waters of the tropics and subtropics (Calder, 1991a; Schuchert 2003).
Dynamena dalmasi (Versluys, 1899)
Fig. 8c
Desmoscyphus dalmasi Versluys, 1899: 38, figs. 6–8.
Type locality. Haiti: “... pres de l’île Tortuga...” (Versluys 1899: 40).
Voucher material. Off Melbourne, 28°04.0’N, 80°12.8’W, 25 m, 01.iii.1974, R/V Gosnold Station 222/281B,
Smith-McIntyre grab, one colony, 10 mm high, without gonophores, ROMIZ B1081.
Remarks. This hydroid species was first described and named by Allman (1877), as Thuiaria sertularioides,
from Pourtalès Gulf Stream exploration collections off south Florida. As discussed in greater detail elsewhere
(Calder 1991a), that name was rejected prior to 1961 as a junior secondary homonym and it has now been replaced
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 27
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
by the binomen Dynamena dalmasi (Versluys, 1899). Typically found on coastal reefs and banks (e.g., Cain 1972,
as Sertularia dalmasi; Defenbaugh 1974, as S. dalmasi; Wenner et al. 1984; Rezak et al. 1985; Calder 1991a, 2000;
Grohmann et al. 2003, 2011; Hajdu & Teixeira 2011), the reported depth range of D. dalmasi is from 8–366 m
(Calder & Cairns 2009).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. North Carolina (Cain 1972) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted), including Bermuda (Calder
1991a), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Vervoort 1968, as Sertularia dalmasi).
Elsewhere. Tropical and subtropical parts of the western and eastern Atlantic and Pacific oceans (Medel &
Vervoort 1998).
Dynamena disticha (Bosc, 1802)
Fig. 8d
Sertularia disticha Bosc, 1802: 101, pl. 29, fig. 2.
Type locality. Atlantic Ocean: “...sur le fucus natans...” (Sargassum natans) (Bosc 1802).
Voucher material. Fort Pierce, Fort Pierce Inlet State Park, 27°28’29.5”N, 80°17’25.8”W, on stranded
Sargassum sp., 14.vii.2012, 28° C, 35‰, collected manually, one colony, 4 mm high, without gonophores, coll.
D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B3966.
Remarks. Hydroids referred to Dynamena disticha (Bosc, 1802) in the western Atlantic occur in two forms, a
stunted one (<1 cm high) found on floating Sargassum and a much larger one (up to 5 cm high) on a variety of
benthic substrates. It remains to be confirmed whether they are actually conspecific. Specimens observed here,
growing on a species of Sargassum, were of the stunted variety as originally described by Bosc (1802).
Comments on the taxonomy of this species have been given earlier (Calder 1991a). Included in the synonymy
of D. disticha therein were the following, all originally described from the western North Atlantic: Sertularia
exigua Allman, 1877, S. distans Allman, 1877, S. complexa Clarke, 1879, Dynamena bilatteralis Brooks, 1883,
Sertularia mayeri Nutting, 1904, S. pourtalesi Nutting, 1904, and with question Dynamena cornicina McCrady,
1859. An extensive list of literature on D. disticha was given in Medel & Vervoort (1998).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Massachusetts (Nutting 1901, as Sertularia cornicina and S. complexa) to Argentina
(Oliveira et al. submitted), including Bermuda (Calder 1991a), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the
Caribbean Sea (Calder & Kirkendale 2005; Galea 2008). The species has been reported on Sargassum in the Gulf
Stream as far north as Nova Scotia (Fraser 1918, as S. cornicina).
Elsewhere. Circumglobal in tropical, subtropical and temperate waters (Peña Cantero & García Carrascosa
2002).
Pasya quadridentata (Ellis & Solander, 1786)
Fig. 8e, f
Sertularia quadridentata Ellis & Solander, 1786: 57, pl. 5, figs. g, G.
Dynamena quadridentata.—Jones, 2002: 218.
Type locality. South Atlantic Ocean, on algae “...not far from the island of Ascension” (Ellis & Solander 1786).
Voucher material. Off Fort Pierce, 27°10.8’N, 80°02.5’W, 21.6 m, on benthic algae, 24.vii.1975, R/V
Johnson and Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 273, one colony, up to 6 mm high, with gonophores, coll. T. Askew, ROMIZ
B1085.
Remarks. This hydroid has commonly been known as Dynamena quadridentata (Ellis & Solander, 1786)
(synonymy in Vervoort & Watson 2003). However, molecular studies by Moura et al. (2011) indicate that the
nominal genus Dynamena Lamouroux, 1812 is polyphyletic, and that D. quadridentata is genetically distant from
D. pumila (Linnaeus, 1758), its type species. Pasya Stechow, 1922 (type species: Sertularia quadridentata Ellis &
Solander, 1786), generally regarded as a synonym of Dynamena, is resurrected here for the species. The specific
CALDER
28 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
name quadridentata has also been combined in the past with Pasythea Lamouroux, 1812, but that nominal genus is
now restricted to Bryozoa (type species: Cellaria tulipifera Ellis & Solander, 1786). Additional discussion of
nomenclature relevant to these names has been given earlier (Calder 1991: 89).
Pasya quadridentata, common in the Caribbean Sea region (Vervoort 1968; Calder & Kirkendale 2005, as
Dynamena quadridentata), ranges northwards to the Carolinas along the east coast of the United States (Cain 1972;
Calder 1983, as D. quadridentata). The species is transported to even higher latitudes in the Gulf Stream on
floating Sargassum (Fraser 1912b; Burkenroad, in Parr 1939, as Pasythea quadridentata), including New England
(Hargitt 1908, as Pasythea nodosa).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Biscayne Bay (Jones 2002, as Dynamena quadridentata).
Western Atlantic. Woods Hole region, Massachusetts (Hargitt 1908, as Pasythea nodosa) to Brazil (Oliveira et
al. submitted, as D. quadridentata), including Bermuda (Calder, 1991a, as D. quadridentata), the Gulf of Mexico
(Calder & Cairns 2009, as D. quadridentata), and the Caribbean Sea (Calder & Kirkendale 2005, as D.
quadridentata).
Elsewhere. Circumglobal in temperate and tropical waters (Vervoort 1968; Vervoort & Watson 2003).
Salacia desmoides (Torrey, 1902)
Fig. 8g
Sertularia desmoidis Torrey, 1902: 65, pl. 8, figs. 70–72 [the specific name desmoidis deemed to be an incorrect original
spelling (ICZN Art. 33.2.3.1) and emended by Nutting (1904) to desmoides].
Type locality. USA: southern California (San Diego, San Clemente Island, San Pedro) (Torrey 1902).
Voucher material. Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°11.8’N, 79°57.3’W, 87 m, 04.x.1986, Johnson-Sea-Link, J028/JSL
2132, six colony fragments, up to 2.5 cm high, without gonothecae, coll. R. Roesch, ROMIZ B3967.
Remarks. Originally described from southern California, Salacia desmoides (Torrey, 1902) has been reported
from tropical and subtropical regions worldwide, including both eastern and western Atlantic (e.g., Grohmann et
al. 2003; Vervoort 2006). Although specimens from Florida examined here indeed correspond morphologically
with the species, and the name S. desmoides is maintained for them here, on biogeographic grounds their identity
needs verification. As for European populations, molecular studies by Moura et al. (2011) indicate a close genetic
relationship amongst hydroids assigned to the species from Portugal, the Azores, and the Mediterranean Sea
(Banyuls-sur-Mer, France). Particularly needed now, however, are analyses of specimens from the type locality of
southern California (and from the western Atlantic).
In first describing this species, Torrey (1902) spelled the specific name as desmoidis in both text and figure
captions. While incorrectly formed, there is no evidence of an inadvertent error, such as a lapsus calami or a
printer’s or copyist’s error, having been made (ICZN Art. 32.5.1). The subsequent spelling of the name as
desmoides, first introduced by Nutting (1904), might thus appear under the code to be an unjustified emendation.
However, that spelling, in prevailing usage (see recent synonymy in Vervoort & Watson 2003) and even adopted by
Torrey (1904), is deemed here to be a justified emendation (ICZN Art. 33.2.3.1).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Continental shelf of South Carolina and Georgia (Wenner et al. 1984) to Brazil (Grohmann et
al. 2003).
Elsewhere. Tropical and subtropical regions of the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian oceans (Medel & Vervoort
1998).
Sertularella areyi Nutting, 1904
Fig. 8h
Sertularella areyi Nutting, 1904: 83, pl. 17, fig. 6.
Type locality. Cuba: near Havana, 100–200 fathoms (183–366 m) (Nutting 1904).
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 29
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Voucher material. Off Sebastian Inlet, 27°52.5’N, 79°57.5’W, 75–98 m, 28.ii.1974, Smith-McIntyre grab, R/
V Gosnold Station 222/274C, one colony, 7 mm high, without gonophores, ROMIZ B1135.
Remarks. Sertularella areyi Nutting, 1904 was found in a sample from the outer continental shelf mid-way
along the Atlantic coast of Florida. Originally described from Cuba, it has been reported from deeper neritic and
upper bathyal bottoms in tropical and subtropical regions of the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian oceans. Detailed
taxonomic accounts of this small but morphologically striking species, based on material from the western Pacific,
are given by Vervoort (1993) and Vervoort & Watson (2003). The latter authors noted that it often grows on larger
hydroids.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. South Carolina/Georgia continental shelf (Wenner et al. 1984) to Brazil (Oliveira et al.
submitted), including Bermuda (Calder 2000) and the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009).
Elsewhere. Indian Ocean (Millard 1975, as Sertularella annulaventricosa Mulder & Trebilcock, 1915);
western Pacific (Vervoort 1993; Hirohito 1995; Vervoort & Watson 2003).
Sertularella conica Allman, 1877
Fig. 8i
Sertularella conica Allman, 1877: 21, pl. 15, figs. 6, 7.
Type locality. USA: Florida, southwest of Tortugas, 60 fathoms (110 m) (Allman 1877).
Voucher material. Off Fort Pierce, 27°10.8’N, 80°02.5’W, 22 m, 24.vii.1975, R/V Johnson and Johnson-Sea-
Link, JSL 273, several fragments of one colony, up to 8 mm high, without gonophores, coll. T. Askew, ROMIZ
B1087.
Remarks. Valid questions about the identity of Allman’s (1877) original material of Sertularella conica have
been raised by Galea (2008), who suggested that it appeared more like S. unituba Calder, 1991a than the S. conica
of Calder (1991a) and Migotto (1996). Uncertainty exists because Allman’s account of the species was brief and
his illustration somewhat generalized. An earlier attempt (Calder 1991a) to examine and better characterize the
type of S. conica was unsuccessful because the specimen could not be found at the Museum of Comparative
Zoology. For now, the concept of S. conica adopted in earlier papers (Calder 1983, 1991a) is maintained in this
work. In my opinion, hydrothecae of S. conica as briefly described and illustrated by Allman more closely
resemble those in specimens attributed to that species in my earlier works (Calder 1983, 1991a) than to S. unituba,
but discovery and redescription of type material would help resolve the issue.
Specimens assigned here to Sertularella conica somewhat resemble Sertularella peculiaris Leloup, 1935 from
the Caribbean, but are fundamentally different from that species in having colonies that are erect instead of stolonal
or mostly stolonal. Erect colonies of S. peculiaris essentially comprise a series of pedicellate hydrothecae (e.g.,
Leloup 1935, fig. 26, as S. tenella forme peculiaris; Galea 2008, Fig. 6B) rather than having a typical leptothecate
hydrocaulus made up of regular internodes each bearing a disto-lateral hydrotheca, as in S. conica. I therefore
disagree with the opinion of Galea (2008) that material identified as S. conica by me (Calder 1991a) is referable to
S. peculiaris. A record of S. conica from Brazil by Migotto (1996), based on a very small colony (2.7 mm high),
needs reassessment.
Reports of this tropical-subtropical species from cold waters of Nova Scotia in the boreal western North
Atlantic (e.g., Fraser 1944), from the west coast of North America (e.g., Fraser 1937a), and from the Southern
Ocean (e.g., Vervoort 1972; Stepanjants 1979) are considered misidentifications (Calder 1991a). So too are records
by Fraser (1938a, b, 1948) from the tropical eastern Pacific (Calder et al. 2003: 1212) and by Van Gemerden-
Hoogeveen (1965) from the Dry Tortugas. Specimens from the latter location more closely resemble Sertularella
unituba.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Elsewhere. North Carolina (Fraser 1912b) to Argentina (Oliveira et al. submitted), including Bermuda (Calder
1991a), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Fraser 1947).
Elsewhere. Questionably reported from the eastern Atlantic (Stechow 1920) and the Indian Ocean (Jarvis
1922).
CALDER
30 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Sertularella unituba Calder, 1991a
Fig. 9a, b
Sertularella gayi unituba Calder, 1991a: 103, fig. 54.
Type locality. Bermuda: 2 km southeast of Castle Roads (Calder 1991a).
Voucher material. Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°11.6’N, 80°00.7’W, 41 m, 18.v.1976, Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 2048,
two colony fragments, up to 2.3 cm high, without gonophores, coll. J. Reed, ROMIZ B1093.—Bethel Shoal off
Vero Beach, 27°42.6’N, 80°06.8’W, 24 m, 18.ii.1976, Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 328, diver lockout, five colonies and
colony fragments, up to 4 cm high, two with gonothecae, coll. S. Nelson, ROMIZ B1099.
Remarks. Originally described as Sertularella gayi unituba by Calder (1991a), the subspecific name was
elevated to specific rank by Medel & Vervoort (1998). Their taxonomic judgment was followed by Vervoort (2006)
and is accepted here. Its recognition as a species distinct from S. gayi Lamouroux, 1821 is supported by the
molecular studies of Moura et al. (2011).
Sertularella unituba has been regarded as likely conspecific with hydroids that Allman (1888) initially
described under the name Sertularia exigua (not Sertularia exigua Allman, 1877; not Sertularella exigua
Thompson, 1879), and on discovering the homonymy renamed in a plate caption as Sertularia laxa (not Sertularia
laxa Lamarck, 1816) (see Medel & Vervoort 1998; Vervoort 2006). Inasmuch as both S. laxa and S. exigua are
invalid junior primary homonyms, they do not threaten the name Sertularella unituba.
As noted above in remarks on Sertularella conica Allman, 1877, questions remain over the identity of that
species, and whether it and S. unituba may be conspecific.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Bermuda (Calder 1991a) to the Dry Tortugas (Van Gemerdeen-Hoogeveen 1965, as
Sertularella conica).
Elsewhere. Eastern Atlantic (Allman 1888, as Sertularella exigua; Medel & Vervoort 1998; Vervoort 2006).
Tridentata distans (Lamouroux, 1816)
Fig. 9c
Dynamena distans Lamouroux, 1816: 180, pl. 5, figs. 1a, B.
Sertularia stookeyi.—Fraser, 1943: 93.
Sertularia gracilis.—Jones, 2002: 215.
Type locality. Atlantic Ocean, on Fucus natans (=Sargassum natans) and other flotsam (Lamouroux 1816: 180).
Voucher material. Fort Pierce Inlet, north jetty, north side, 27°28’24.1”N, 80°17’21.2”W, intertidal zone, on
stem of Thyroscyphus ramosus, 14.vii.2012, 28° C, 35‰, collected manually, one colony, 5 mm high, without
gonothecae, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B3968.
Remarks. Billard (1906) noted that the original description of Tridentata distans by Lamouroux (1816, as
Dynamena distans) was inadequate, and he justifiably described illustrations of the species in that initial account as
“gross.” Nevertheless, he was able to confirm the identity of the species after examining Lamouroux’s type at
l’Institut Botanique de Caen. That identification, upheld in a subsequent review of Lamouroux’s types (Billard
1909), is the foundation of the current concept of the species.
Recently, the possible existence of cryptic species in T. distans has been raised on the basis of molecular
studies (Moura et al. 2011, as Sertularia distans). Moreover, the generic affinity of the species needs clarification.
Moura et al. showed that the species was genetically closer to Sertularia operculata Linnaeus, 1958, type species
of Amphisbetia L. Agassiz, 1862, than to Sertularia perpusilla Stechow, 1919, type species of Tridentata Stechow,
1920. Differences in morphology support such a possibility. For example, gonothecal walls in T. distans are ovate
and smooth rather than barrel-shaped with transverse ribs as in S. perpusilla.
Tridentata distans is a eurytopic hydroid with a wide latitudinal range, occurring from temperate regions to the
tropics. In the southeastern United States it is frequent both inshore (Calder 1983, as Sertularia distans) and on
hard bottoms of the continental shelf (Wenner 1984, as S. distans). Live colonies were found in estuaries of South
Carolina at salinities of 20–34‰ (Calder 1976, as S. stookeyi Nutting, 1904) and temperatures of 8–32° C (Calder
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 31
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
1990, as S. distans). It is also a component of the pelagic Sargassum fauna (e.g., Lamouroux 1816, as Dynamena
distans; Fraser 1944, as S. stookeyi; Calder 1991a).
This species is noteworthy for the minuteness of its hydrothecae.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Between Biscayne and Duck Keys (Fraser 1943, as
Sertularia stookeyi); Biscayne Bay (Jones 2002, as S. gracilis Hassall, 1848).
Western Atlantic. Massachusetts (Fraser 1912a, as S. stookeyi) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted, as S.
distans), including Bermuda (Calder 1991a), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea
(Fraser 1943, as S. stookeyi).
Elsewhere. Circumglobal in tropical, subtropical, and temperate waters (Vervoort & Watson 2003, as S.
distans).
Tridentata loculosa (Busk, 1852)
Fig. 9d
Sertularia loculosa Busk, 1852: 393.
Type locality. Australia: Bass Strait (Busk 1852: 393).
Voucher material. Off Fort Pierce Inlet, 27°28.8’N, 80°14.5’W, 15 m, 13.ii.1974, R/V Gosnold Station 220/
224, 10-foot otter trawl, four colony fragments, on bryozoans and algae, up to 1.3 cm high, without gonophores,
ROMIZ B1078.
Remarks. Contrary to information in synonymy lists of several papers reporting on this species, the original
description of Sertularia loculosa by Busk (1852) was not accompanied by illustrations. Busk’s unfortunate
omission of them led to much confusion over the identity and synonymy of the species. The first published figures
of S. loculosa were by Bale (1884: pl. 4, figs. 5–6, pl. 9, fig. 12, pl. 19, fig. 9), drawn from sketches sent to him by
Busk, but they too were misleading in that they showed pronounced marginal cusps bordering the rim of each
hydrotheca. Those inaccurate drawings led Billard (1909) to mistakenly assume that S. loculosa was conspecific
with S. turbinata (Lamouroux, 1816). A more representative drawing of S. loculosa, based on type material, was
not published until later (Bale 1913, pl. 12, fig. 6, under S. turbinata). Problems surrounding the history and
synonymy of the species were reviewed and clarified by Billard (1927), who concluded that S. loculosa was indeed
valid and that S. ligulata Thornely, 1904 was identical to it. Migotto (1996) examined type material and confirmed
the identity and validity of the species.
A strap-like “ligula” or nematophore, extending from the adcauline side of the hydranth and curving towards
the hydrothecal orifice, is diagnostic of the species. It was poorly preserved in most hydranths of the colony
examined here.
Sertularia loculosa has been assigned here provisionally to Tridentata Stechow, 1920. Besides the presence of
a characteristic ligula, marginal cusps are inconspicuous and the valves of the operculum differ greatly in size, as
noted by Schuchert (2003). Molecular studies are needed to better establish its generic identity. It is clearly not
congeneric with Sertularia argentea Linnaeus, 1758, type species of Sertularia Linnaeus, 1758.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Florida (this study) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted, as Sertularia loculosa), including
Bermuda (Calder 2000) and the Caribbean Sea (Calder & Kirkendale 2005; Galea 2008, as S. loculosa).
Elsewhere. Warm eastern Atlantic; Indo-Pacific (Schuchert 2003, S. loculosa).
Tridentata marginata (Kirchenpauer, 1864)
Fig. 9e, f
Dynamena marginata Kirchenpauer, 1864: 13, figs. 8a–c.
Tridentata marginata.—Jones, 2002: 218.
Type locality. “Mare pacificum,” on Sargassum (Kirchenpauer 1864).
CALDER
32 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
FIGURE 9. a, Sertularella unituba: part of hydrocaulus with two hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1099, scale equals 0.25 mm. b,
Sertularella unituba: gonotheca, ROMIZ B1099, scale equals 0.25 mm. c, Tridentata distans: part of hydrocaulus with four
hydrothecal pairs, ROMIZ B3968, scale equals 0.20 mm. d, Tridentata loculosa: part of hydrocaulus with two hydrothecal
pairs, ROMIZ B1078, scale equals 0.20 mm. e, Tridentata marginata: part of hydrocaulus with two hydrothecal pairs, ROMIZ
B3969, scale equals 0.35 mm.; f, Tridentata marginata: gonotheca, ROMIZ B3969, scale equals 0.25 mm. g, Tridentata
turbinata: part of hydrocaulus with two hydrothecal pairs, ROMIZ B3970, scale equals 0.25 mm. h, Hincksella brevitheca:
part of hydrocladium with hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1079, scale equals 0.25 mm. i, Synthecium tubithecum: part of
hydrocladium with two hydrothecal pairs, ROMIZ B1074, scale equals 0.25 mm.
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 33
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Voucher material. Bethel Shoal off Vero Beach, 27°42.6’N, 80°06.8’W, 24 m, 18.ii.1976, Johnson-Sea-Link,
JSL 328, diver lockout, two plumes, up to 4 cm high, without gonothecae, coll. S. Nelson, ROMIZ B1095.—Fort
Pierce, Fort Pierce Inlet State Park, 27°28’29.5”N, 80°17’25.8”W, on stranded Sargassum sp., 14.vii.2012, 28° C,
35‰, collected manually, one colony, 1.5 cm high, with gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B3969.
Remarks. Tridentata marginata (Kirchenpauer, 1864) and Desmoscyphus inflatus Versluys, 1899 (also known
as Sertularia inflata and Tridentata inflata) are held to be conspecific here. The hydroid is common in shallow-
waters of the southeastern United States on both benthic substrates and floating Sargassum. It is one of the few
species of sertulariid hydroids known to liberate a free medusoid (Migotto 1998).
Hydrothecae of Tridentata marginata resemble those of T. turbinata (Lamouroux, 1816), including the
presence of a horseshoe-shaped ridge of perisarc on the internal surface of the abcauline wall below the orifice. The
species differs from T. turbinata in having alternately branched instead of unbranched colonies. Although very
young colonies of T. marginata may be unbranched as in T. turbinata, they can be distinguished from that species
in having much smaller hydrothecae (e.g., diameter at base 75–98 m vs. 121–149 m).
This species has often been assigned to Sertularia Linnaeus, 1758 instead of Tridentata Stechow, 1920. Major
differences separate the two genera, apparent from a comparison of Sertularia argentea Linnaeus, 1758, type
species of Sertularia, and Sertularia perpusilla Stechow, 1919, type species of Tridentata. Evidence of their
distinctive morphological differences, briefly noted earlier (Calder 1991a: 104) has also been supported by
molecular data (Moura et al. 2011). Although it may be polyphyletic as presently constituted, recognition of the
genus Tridentata is, once again, upheld here. As for T. marginata, it was shown by Moura et al. to be very close
genetically to T. perpusilla, type species of that genus.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Biscayne Bay (Jones 2002).
Western Atlantic. North Carolina (Fraser 1944, as Sertularia inflata) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted, as S.
marginata), including Bermuda (Calder 1991a), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean
Sea (Galea 2008, as S. marginata). The species is carried north of Cape Hatteras to New England on pelagic
Sargassum in the Gulf Stream (Hargitt 1908, as S. versluysi Nutting, 1904).
Elsewhere. Circumglobal in tropical and warm-temperate waters (Migotto 1998, as S. marginata; Vervoort &
Watson 2003, as S. marginata).
Tridentata turbinata (Lamouroux, 1816)
Fig. 9g
Dynamena turbinata Lamouroux, 1816: 180.
Type locality. “Sur les Fucus de l’Australasie” (Lamouroux 1816).
Voucher material. Fort Pierce Inlet, north jetty, north side, 27°28’24.1”N, 80°17’21.2”W, intertidal zone, on
benthic algae, 14.vii.2012, 28° C, 35‰, collected manually, about four colonies, up to 1.1 cm high, without
gonothecae, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B3970.
Remarks. This species has sometimes been identified as Sertularia brevicyathus (Versluys, 1899) in the
western North Atlantic. However, most authors have followed Billard (1925) in assigning that binomen to the
synonymy of Dynamena turbinata Lamouroux, 1816. As in earlier work (Calder 1991a), the species is referred
herein to the genus Tridentata Stechow, 1920. Detailed taxonomic accounts of T. turbinata have been given
elsewhere (e.g., Calder 1991a; Medel & Vervoort 1998, as Sertularia turbinata).
Reports of T. turbinata have been based most often on sterile material, and gonophores were lacking in present
material from the east coast of Florida. Gonothecae of the species are barrel-shaped with transverse ridges, and
with a wide terminal aperture (e.g., Stechow 1919, as Sertularia brevicyathus; Millard 1975, as S. turbinata;
Hirohito 1995, as S. turbinata).
Tridentata turbinata is a hydroid of tropical and subtropical waters, extending northwards in the western North
Atlantic to the Tortugas (Leloup 1935, as Sertularia turbinata), the Bahamas (Leloup 1937, as S. turbinata), and
Bermuda (Calder 1991a). It has also has been reported as part of the Sargassum fauna in the region (Burkenroad, in
Parr 1939, as S. brevicyathus).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Fort Pierce, Florida (this study) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted, as Sertularia turbinata),
CALDER
34 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
including Bermuda (Calder 1991a), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Calder &
Kirkendale 2005).
Elsewhere. Circumglobal in tropical and subtropical waters (Millard 1975, as S. turbinata).
Family Syntheciidae Marktanner-Turneretscher, 1890
Hincksella brevitheca Galea, 2009
Fig. 9h
Hincksella brevitheca Galea, 2009: 61, figs. 1B, 2A–I.
Type locality. Cuba: off Cayo Largo (21°35'06''N, 81°35'19'' W), 15 m (Galea 2009).
Voucher material. Palm Beach, 0.75 miles (1.2 km) offshore, 29 m, 22.vii.1974, Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 1173,
diver lockout, one colony, 2.3 cm high, without gonophores, coll. J. Prentice, ROMIZ B1079.
Remarks. Hincksella brevitheca Galea, 2009, recently described from Cuba, is reported for only the second
time. Similar nominal species in the western Atlantic include Sertularella formosa Fewkes, 1881 and S. hartlaubi
Nutting, 1904, both of which are referable to Syntheciidae Marktanner-Turneretscher, 1890 and to the genus
Hincksella Billard, 1918, as currently defined. Galea (2009) examined type material of Hincksella hartlaubi and
concluded that it was conspecific with H. formosa, a conclusion also held by Vervoort (1959).
As with the original account of Hincksella brevitheca by Galea (2009), material from Florida had (1) stem
internodes each with three hydrothecae and an apophysis bearing a hydrocladium, (2) hydrocladia with few or no
nodes, (3) shallow and deeply immersed hydrothecae, each thickened at the margin and given off at an angle of
about 30° with the stem. These characters distinguish the species from others of the genus.
Although previously known only from southern Cuba, Galea (2009: 63) noted that the species presumably
occurs throughout the Caribbean Basin. In support of his view, two additional records of it from the Caribbean can
be added here based on material in collections at the Royal Ontario Museum (Cayman Islands: Grand Cayman
Island, caves in coral reef west side, just north of Georgetown, 10 m, 26.xi.1980, one colony, without gonophores,
coll. A. Logan, ROMIZ B1990; Panama: Bocas del Toro area, Swan’s Key, 09°27’12.2”N, 82°18’01.8”W, 1–4 m,
07.viii.2004, two colonies, without gonophores, coll. L. Kirkendale, no collection number). The specimens from
Panama were reported as Sertularella hartlaubi by Calder & Kirkendale (2005).
Gonophores of the species have yet to be described.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Florida (reported herein) to the Caribbean Sea (Galea 2009; Calder & Kirkendale 2005, as
Sertularella hartlaubi).
Synthecium tubithecum (Allman, 1877)
Fig. 9i
Sertularia tubitheca Allman, 1877: 24, pl. 16, figs. 5, 6.
Type locality. USA: Florida, Tortugas (Allman 1877).
Voucher material. Palm Beach, 0.75 miles (1.2 km) offshore, 29 m, 22.vii.1974, Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 1173,
diver lockout, one colony, 2 cm high, without gonophores, coll. J. Prentice, ROMIZ B1074.
Remarks. Synthecium tubithecum (Allman, 1877) is widespread in tropical and subtropical regions of the
western Atlantic (e.g., Nutting 1904; Fraser 1944; Vervoort 1968; Wenner et al. 1984; Galea 2010; Oliveira et al.
submitted). Its occurrence outside the region has been questioned (Calder 1991a).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Continental shelf of South Carolina (Nutting 1904) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted),
including Bermuda (Calder 1991a), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Galea
2010).
Elsewhere. Questionably from the Gold Coast (Ghana), eastern Atlantic (Buchanan 1957).
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 35
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Family Plumulariidae McCrady, 1859
Dentitheca dendritica (Nutting, 1900)
Fig. 10a
Plumularia dendritica Nutting, 1900: 67, pl. 8, figs. 4–6.—Jones, 2002: 217.
Dentitheca dendritica.—Humann, 1992: 73, middle photograph.—Humann & DeLoach, 2002: 73, middle photograph.—
Cairns et al., 2002: 55.
Type locality. Bahamas: near Little Cat Island (Nutting 1900: 67).
Voucher material. Palm Beach, 1.42 miles (2.3 km) offshore, 30.5 m, 23.vii.1974, Johnson-Sea-Link,
JSL1174, diver lockout, one colony fragment, 7 cm high, without gonophores, coll. J. Prentice, ROMIZ B1127.—
Palm Beach Inlet, 80 feet (24 m), February 1991, sandy flat, two colony fragments, up to 13 cm high, without
gonophores, coll. P. Humann, ROMIZ B1130.
Remarks. Dentitheca dendritica Nutting, 1900 is, as its specific name implies, tree-like in colony form.
Hydroids are robust, arborescent, and reach nearly a half-metre high (Nutting 1900), and as noted two paragraphs
below it may grow even taller. According to Humann (1992) and Humann & DeLoach (2002), it is found on reef
tops, outcroppings along walls, and flat substrates, particularly in areas swept by currents. The plane of the colony
is oriented perpendicular to the direction of water flow.
Sphaerocystis heteronema Fraser, 1943, originally described from the Bahamas, is considered identical with
Dentitheca dendritica (Calder 1997: 8; Galea 2010: 28). The tropical Indo-Pacific D. habereri (Stechow, 1909) has
generally been maintained as a distinct species (e.g., Ryland & Gibbons 1991; Hirohito 1995; Schuchert 2003;
Kirkendale & Calder 2003; Di Camillo et al. 2010). Nutting (1927) found that specimens from the Philippines
“agree very exactly” with descriptions, illustrations, and type material of D. dendritica, and he identified them as
such. However, Galea et al. (2012) established that gonothecae of D. dendritica originate as replacements of
nematothecae adjacent to hydrothecae or on the apophyses, whereas those of D. habereri arise in axils of internode
apophyses. Dentitheca bidentata (Jäderholm, 1920) from Brazil is a much smaller species than D. dendritica, with
colonies reaching only about 4 cm high (Migotto & Marques 1999). Cusps on the hydrothecal margin of that
species are both more pronounced and more distant from the hydrocladial axis than in D. dendritica, and
hydrothecae are not as deep.
Zoanthids are commonly associated with these large hydroids. Two species were reported by Swain (2009) on
Dentitheca dendritica in the western Atlantic, Hydrozoanthus tunicans (Duerden, 1900) and the newly described
H. antumbrosus (Swain, 2009), while both Hydrozoanthus gracilis (Lwowsky, 1913) and Parazoanthus sp.
(probably Hydrozoanthus sp.) have been reported on D. habereri in the Indo-west Pacific (Di Camillo et al. 2010).
Noteworthy is Duerden’s (1900) account of Parazoanthus tunicans (now Hydrozoanthus), found on a species of
hydroid from Jamaica that was likely D. dendritica. The hydroid reached “...as much as 100 cm. high.”
Gonothecae of Dentitheca dendritica were unknown until being discovered and illustrated recently by Wedler
(2004, in hydroids identified as D. habereri). Even more recently, Galea et al. (2012) found that gonophores of
both sexes are cryptomedusoids retained within the pear-shaped to conical gonothecae. By contrast, gonothecae of
D. habereri are described as bell-shaped (Hirohito 1995; Schuchert 2003; Di Camillo et al. 2010), and the
gonophores of D. bidentata are short-lived medusoids (Migotto & Marques 1999). According to both Wedler and
Galea et al., the duration of gonophore production in D. dendritica appears to be very brief.
Colonies of Dentitheca dendritica are reported to sting bare skin (Humann 1992; Humann & DeLoach 2002).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Palm Beach (Humann 1992; Humann & DeLoach 2002,
based on material listed above; Cairns et al. 2002).—Biscayne Bay (Jones 2002, as Plumularia dendritica).
Western Atlantic. Florida (Humann 1992) and the Bahamas (Vervoort 1968, as Plumularia dendritica) to the
Caribbean Sea (Galea 2010).
Elsewhere. If Dentitheca habereri is conspecific, the species also inhabits the tropical western Pacific and
Indian oceans (Di Camillo et al. 2010).
CALDER
36 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
FIGURE 10. a, Dentitheca dendritica: part of hydrocladium with two hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1130, scale equals 0.10 mm. b,
Nemertesia simplex: apophysis and basal part of hydrocladium, ROMIZ B1121, scale equals 0.20 mm. c, Nemertesia simplex:
part of hydrocladium with hydrotheca, ROMIZ B1121, scale equals 0.10 mm. d, Plumularia floridana: part of hydrocaulus
with basal parts of two hydrocladia, and three hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1080, scale equals 0.25 mm. e, Plumularia setacea: part
of hydrocaulus with basal parts of two hydrocladia, a female gonotheca, and a hydrotheca, ROMIZ B1111, scale equals 0.20
mm. f, Plumularia strictocarpa: part of hydrocaulus with basal parts of two hydrocladia, and three hydrothecae, ROMIZ
B3971, scale equals 0.20 mm.
Nemertesia simplex (Allman, 1877)
Fig. 10b, c
Antennularia simplex Allman, 1877: 34, pl. 21, figs. 1, 2.
Type locality. USA: Florida, off Alligator Reef, 86 fathoms (157 m) (Allman 1877: 34).
Voucher material. Hoskin Reef off Vero Beach, 27°41.4’N, 79°59.1’W, 65 m, 02.vi.1982, Johnson-Sea-Link
I, JSL 1197, one colony, up to 9 cm high, without gonophores, 3.7 cm high, without gonothecae, coll. C. Hoskin,
ROMIZ B1121.—Off Sebastian Inlet, 27°47.2’N, 79°57.2’W, 110–99 m, 28.vi.1978, 10-foot try net, one colony,
up to 46 cm high, with gonophores, coll. J. Miller, ROMIZ B1122.
Remarks. Nemertesia simplex (Allman, 1877) is poorly known. The only original records of the species other
than that of Allman (1877), from the Alligator Reef area in the Straits of Florida, are those of Nutting (1900). He
reported N. simplex in collections taken off Cape Henry, Virginia, Cape Hatteras, North Carolina, and Havana,
Cuba, during Albatross cruises, and from the Pourtalès Plateau (Straits of Florida) in material from the 1893
Bahamas Expedition of the State University of Iowa. Moreover, the only illustrations of the species prior to now
are the two of Allman (1877). Nutting included a copy of Allman’s magnified figure of the species in his
monograph on plumularioids but gave no illustrations of his own material. The present record from the east coast
of Florida falls within the stated geographic and bathymetric range (48–373 fathoms = 88–682 m) of the species.
Characters differentiating N. simplex from its congeners were tabulated by Ramil & Vervoort (2006). They
upheld opinions of Allman (1877) and Nutting (1900) that it has affinities with N. ramosa (Lamarck, 1816). Both
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 37
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
have monomeric or mostly monomeric hydrocladia. Morphological differences distinguishing Nemertesia simplex
from N. ramosa include the following: (1) the hydrocaulus is monosiphonic and unbranched or only slightly
branched rather than polysiphonic and much branched; (2) hydrothecal margins tend to slope at an oblique angle to
the axis of the hydrocladium rather than being perpendicular to it. Gonothecae, of the usual type in this genus
(Ramil & Vervoort 2006), are quite small, ovoid, and with an oblique aperture (Nutting 1900). They arise from
apophyses of the hydrocladia.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Offshore waters of Virginia to the Gulf of Mexico (Nutting 1900).
Plumularia floridana Nutting, 1900
Fig. 10d
Plumularia floridana Nutting, 1900: 59, pl. 2, figs. 4–5.—Jones, 2002: 217.
Type locality. USA: Florida, “two miles west of Cape Romano...” (Nutting 1990: 59).
Voucher material. Off Vero Beach, 27°41.2’N, 80°14.5’W, 17 m, 13.ii.1974, small biological dredge, R/V
Gosnold Station 220/226, four colony fragments, up to 1.9 cm high, without gonophores, ROMIZ B1080.
Remarks. Material examined here came from a station on the inner continental shelf off Vero Beach. With the
exception of its occurrence on floating Sargassum (Fraser 1944), Plumularia floridana Nutting, 1900 is a species
more frequently recorded inshore than offshore along the southeastern United States. While common in estuaries of
South Carolina (Calder & Hester 1978; Calder 1983), it has not yet been reported from hard bottom areas on the
shelf between North Carolina and Florida (Cain 1972; Wenner et al. 1984). As noted earlier (Calder 1997), the
species is eurytopic, surviving temperatures down to 10° C and salinities as low as 25‰.
An extensive synonymy of this species is listed in Ansín Agís et al. (2001), who described material from the
Canary Islands.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Biscayne Bay (Jones 2002).
Western Atlantic. South Carolina (Calder 1983) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted), including Bermuda
(Calder 1997) and the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009). It extends northwards to New England on
Sargassum (Fraser 1944).
Elsewhere. Believed to be circumglobal, mostly in tropical and warm-temperate waters (Ansín Agís et al.
2001).
Plumularia setacea (Linnaeus, 1758)
Fig. 10e
Sertularia setacea Linnaeus, 1758: 813.
Plumularia setacea.—Deevey, 1950: 347, fig. 6.
Type locality. UK: Brighton (“Brighthelmstone”) and Whitstable (Ellis 1755: 19, as Corallina setacea). Linnaeus
(1758) gave the binomen Sertularia setacea to the species described by Ellis, listing its locality only as “Habitat in
Oceano.”
Voucher material. Off Vero Beach, 27°41.2’N, 80°14.5’W, 17 m, 13.ii.1974, small biological dredge, R/V
Gosnold Station 220/226, several colony fragments, up to 2.4 cm high, without gonophores, ROMIZ B1077.—Fort
Pierce Inlet, north jetty, north side, 27°28’24.2’N, 80°17’20.3”W, low water, on polychaete tubes, 15.ii.1991, 20°
C, collected manually, six colony fragments, up to 2.1 cm high, with gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ
B1111.
Remarks. Plumularia setacea (Linnaeus, 1758) and P. strictocarpa Pictet, 1893 are generally said to be
indistinguishable morphologically in the absence of reproductive structures. Part of the material examined here
(ROMIZ B1111) bore gonophores protected by fusiform gonothecae, typical of P. setacea. Specimens from shelf
waters off Vero Beach (ROMIZ B1077), although sterile, were assigned to the same species based on the size of the
CALDER
38 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
colonies, larger than normally found in P. strictocarpa, and their identical appearance to colonies from Fort Pierce
Inlet (ROMIZ B1111) having gonophores.
Also somewhat resembling Plumularia setacea are three less well known species originally described from the
Straits of Florida region, P. filicula Allman, 1877, P. attenuata Allman, 1877, and P. megalocephala Allman, 1877.
As noted earlier (Calder 1997), all appear to differ from the present species in having hydrocladial apophyses with
pronounced cylindrical extensions distal to the mamelon, and in bearing a nematotheca on the proximalmost
(ahydrothecate) internode of each hydrocladium. Moreover, gonothecae of P. filicula, as described and illustrated
by Allman (1877), have a wide, oblique aperture rather than a small circular one at the end of a narrow neck as in P.
setacea. In P. attenuata, all hydrocladial internodes beyond the proximalmost one are hydrothecate instead of being
alternately hydrothecate and athecate. Hydrocauli of P. megalocephala were described by Allman as being
irregularly branched, whereas those of P. setacea are usually unbranched or only sparingly branched. In some
respects these hydroids resemble species of Nemertesia Lamouroux, 1812, but further study is needed to confirm
their generic affinities.
Thorough taxonomic accounts of Plumularia setacea are given by Ansín Agís et al. (2001) and Schuchert
(2013).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Central east coast of Florida (Deevey 1950, distribution
map).
Western Atlantic. Marthas Vineyard (Fraser 1944) to Argentina (Oliveira et al. submitted), including Bermuda
(Calder 1997), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Galea 2010).
Elsewhere. Cosmopolitan except for polar regions (Ansín Agís et al. 2001; Schuchert 2013).
Plumularia strictocarpa Pictet, 1893
Fig. 10f
Plumularia strictocarpa Pictet, 1893: 55, pl. 3, figs. 47–49.—Jones, 2002: 218.
Type locality. Indonesia: “Baie d’Amboine” (Pictet 1893).
Voucher material. Beach north of Jupiter Inlet, 26°56’45”N, 80°04’16”W, washed ashore on a tarball,
20.ii.1991, collected manually, one colony, up to 6 mm high, without gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ
B1109.—Sebastian Inlet, 27°51’43”N, 80°26’47”W, washed ashore on Sargassum, 19.ii.1991, collected manually,
one colony, up to 8 mm high, without gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B3971.—Fort Pierce, Fort Pierce
Inlet State Park, 27°28’29.5”N, 80°17’25.8”W, on stranded Sargassum fluitans, 14.vii.2012, 28° C, 35‰, collected
manually, two colonies, up to 6 mm high, without gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B3972.
Remarks. Plumularia strictocarpa Pictet, 1893 resembles P. setacea (Linnaeus, 1758), but its gonothecae are
barrel- to cocoon-shaped with spiral annulations instead of being fusiform with smooth walls. Its colonies also tend
to be much smaller. It is one of the more abundant species on pelagic Sargassum in the western North Atlantic
(Calder, 1995, 1997).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Biscayne Bay (Jones 2002).
Western Atlantic. From the Gulf Stream off Nova Scotia (Fraser 1918, on Sargassum, as Plumularia
setaceoides Bale, 1882) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted), including Bermuda (Calder 1991a), the Gulf of
Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Calder & Kirkendale 2005).
Elsewhere. Circumglobal, tropical and subtropical waters (Kirkendale & Calder 2003).
Family Halopterididae Millard, 1962
Antennella gracilis Allman, 1877
Fig. 11a, 12
Antennella gracilis Allman, 1877: 38, pl. 22, figs. 6, 7.
Antennella secundaria.—Schuchert 1997: 14, fig. 4d, e [part].
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 39
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
FIGURE 11. a, Antennella gracilis: part of hydrocaulus with two hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1090, scale equals 0.25 mm. b,
Antennella incerta: front view of hydrotheca, showing laterally-displaced axillar nematotheca, ROMIZ B3973, scale equals
0.25 mm. c, Antennella incerta: hydrocaulus with three hydrothecae, ROMIZ B3973, scale equals 0.25 mm. d, Halopteris
alternata: part of hydrocaulus with a hydrocladium and two hydrothecae, ROMIZ B3974, scale equals 0.20 mm. e, Halopteris
alternata: part of hydrocladium with two hydrothecae, ROMIZ B3974, scale equals 0.20 mm. f, Halopteris carinata: part of
hydrocladium with two hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1128, scale equals 0.20 mm. g, Halopteris carinata: male gonotheca, ROMIZ
B1128, scale equals 0.25 mm. h, Halopteris carinata: female gonotheca with two nematothecae, ROMIZ B1128, scale equals
0.25 mm.
CALDER
40 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
FIGURE 12. Antennella gracilis, nematocysts, ROMIZ B1090. a, seed-shaped heteroneme, from tentacle; b, microbasic
mastigophore, from tentacle; c, merotrichous isorhiza, from nematophore; d, discharged merotrichous isorhiza; e, part of thread
of merotrichous isorhiza, showing mid-portion of thread with spines.
Type locality. USA: Florida, off Carysfort Reef (Allman 1877: 38).
Voucher material. Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°11.8’N, 79°57.3’W, 87 m, 04.x.1986, Johnson-Sea-Link, J028/JSL
2132, submersible lockout, one colony, up to 2.3 cm high, without gonophores, coll. R. Roesch, ROMIZ B1090.
Remarks. Antennella gracilis Allman, 1877, originally described from the southeast coast of Florida, has been
regarded in several contemporary works (e.g., Cornelius 1995b; Calder 1997; Schuchert 1997; Cairns et al. 2002;
Ansín Agís et al. 2001; Vervoort & Watson 2003) as coterminous with A. secundaria (Gmelin, 1791), a
Mediterranean species with a supposed worldwide distribution. The two appear much alike. However, Schuchert
(1997: 15–18) recently discovered that the voucher material listed above (ROMIZ B1090), while identified as and
resembling A. secundaria, differed from European and Indian Ocean material of that species in both cnidome and
in morphology of lateral nematothecae. Large nematocysts were elongate and nearly cylindrical, and thought to be
macrobasic mastigophores (19–23 m x 5.5–6.5 m), rather than elongate-oval microbasic mastigophores (10.5–
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 41
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
13.5 m x 4.0–5.0 m). As for lateral nematothecae, the upper chamber was conical and emarginated rather than
conical with innerside significantly lowered, while the cavity of the lower chamber was marked by perisarcal
ridges rather than appearing smooth. Schuchert noted that the examined material from Florida might belong to a
different species, a suggestion taken here to be correct. Rather than assigning it to a new species, however, the
material is referred to a resurrected A. gracilis, partly on morphological grounds (it corresponds in most respects
with the description by Allman 1877) and partly on zoogeographic grounds (the collection site is within two
degrees of latitude of the type locality of the species off the southeast coast of Florida).
The type of Antennella gracilis (MCZ, no catalog number) was examined earlier by both Calder (1997) and
Schuchert (1997). It appears to have been dry at some time in the past, and has also been combined in the same
bottle with specimens of Monostaechas quadridens McCrady, 1859. While the material is in unsatisfactory
condition, a small axillary nematotheca is present contrary to the report of Fraser (1944: 315), who indicated that it
was of normal size and situated some distance from the hydrotheca. Fraser was misled by an imperfect illustration
of the species by Allman (1877).
Three kinds of nematocysts, namely seed-shaped heteronemes, microbasic mastigophores, and what are
believed to be merotrichous isorhizas (but considered macrobasic mastigophores by Schuchert 1997), were
observed in material examined here (Fig. 12).
Due to the brief description and imprecise illustration of Antennella gracilis by Allman (1877), as well as its
subsequent confusion with A. secundaria, the distribution of this species is uncertain.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Off Carysfort Reef (Allman 1877).—Off St. Lucie Inlet
(Schuchert 1997, as Antennella secundaria).
Western Atlantic. North Carolina (Nutting 1900) to the Caribbean Sea (Vervoort 1968; Bandel & Wedler
1987), including Bermuda (Calder 1997, as Antennella secundaria) and the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009,
as A. secundaria).
Elsewhere. Records from the Indian Ocean (Thornely 1904), western Pacific (Stechow 1913; Hargitt 1924),
and eastern Pacific (Fraser 1948) need verification.
Antennella incerta Galea, 2010
Fig. 11b, c
Antennella incerta Galea, 2010: 25, figs. 6H1, J, K.
Type locality. Guadeloupe: Grande-Terre, L’Oeil (16°26.782´N, 61°32.405´W) (Galea 2010: 4).
Voucher material. West Palm Beach, on reef seaward of the Breakers Hotel, 45 feet (13.7 m), on stems of
Halopteris carinata, January 1991, SCUBA, two colonies, up to 2.5 mm high, without gonophores, coll. P.
Humann, ROMIZ B3973.
Remarks. Cormoids of Antennella incerta Galea, 2010 are remarkably small and slender, and specimens
might easily be overlooked or mistaken for juveniles of another species. Colonies of A. incerta are distinguished in
particular by having a single, laterally-displaced axillar nematotheca distal to each hydrotheca (Fig. 11b), and a pair
of lateral nematothecae that are mug-shaped and deeply emarginated on the adcauline side, each borne on a long
apophysis that reaches nearly to the hydrothecal margin (Fig. 11c). A perisarcal thickening marks the inner
abcauline wall of the hydrotheca just above the base. Thecate internodes are saddle-shaped, and the terminal one of
a hydrocladium does not extend beyond the axil between it and the hydrotheca or the bases of the nematothecal
apophyses.
This is only the second report of A. incerta, extending its known range northwards from the Caribbean Sea.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Florida (this study) to Guadeloupe (Galea 2010).
Halopteris alternata (Nutting, 1900)
Fig. 11d, e
Plumularia alternata Nutting, 1900: 62, pl. 4, figs. 1, 2.
Plumularia diaphana.—Weiss, 1948: 158 [not Plumularia diaphana (Heller, 1868)].
CALDER
42 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Type locality. Bahamas: Barracuda Rocks (Nutting 1900: 62).
Voucher material. West Palm Beach, on reef seaward of the Breakers Hotel, 45 feet (13.7 m), together with
Halopteris carinata, January 1991, SCUBA, one colony, 2.5 cm high, without gonophores, coll. P. Humann,
ROMIZ B3974.
Remarks. Halopteris alternata (Nutting, 1900) was originally described from material collected by Alexander
Agassiz and party during the cruise of the steamer Wild Duck to the Bahamas in 1893. Most authors during the
twentieth century followed Bedot (1914) in regarding it as coterminous with H. diaphana (Heller, 1868), a species
originally described from the Adriatic Sea. However, several characters distinguishing H. alternata from H.
diaphana were documented by Schuchert (1997): (1) an axillar nematotheca is usually present distal to cauline
hydrothecae; (2) segmentation of the hydrocaulus is homomerous rather than heteromerous; (3) hydrocladial
internodes usually have one rather than 2–3 nematothecae; (4) female gonothecae are fusiform and straight rather
than being cornucopia-shaped. Based on such differences, Halopteris alternata is now taken to be a valid species,
and material examined above is assigned to it.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Biscayne Bay (Weiss 1948, as Plumularia diaphana).
Western Atlantic. South Carolina (Wenner et al. 1984, as Halopteris diaphana) to Brazil (Oliveira et al.
submitted), including Bermuda (Calder 1997, as H. diaphana), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the
Caribbean Sea (Galea 2008). It is carried northwards to North Carolina (and probably beyond) on Sargassum and
Turbinaria (Fraser 1912b, as Plumularia alternata).
Elsewhere. Eastern Atlantic (Ansín Agís et al. 2001). Records from the Pacific and Indian oceans are
questionable (see Ansín Agís et al. 2001; Galea 2008).
Halopteris carinata Allman, 1877
Fig. 11f–h
Halopteris carinata Allman, 1877: 33, pl. 19, figs. 3–7.—Humann, 1992: 75, middle photograph.—Humann & DeLoach,
2002: 75, middle photograph.—Schuchert, 1997: 123, fig. 45.
Type locality. USA: Florida, off Carysfort Reef (Allman 1877).
Voucher material. Off Palm Beach, 26°48.4’N, 79°58.6’W, 36.6 m, Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 288, 16.ix.1975,
one colony, 9 cm high, without gonophores, coll. S. Nelson, ROMIZ B1084.—West Palm Beach, on reef seaward
of the Breakers Hotel, 45 feet (13.7 m), January 1991, SCUBA, fragments of one or more large colonies, cormidia
up to 11 cm high, with gonophores, coll. P. Humann, ROMIZ B1128.
Remarks. Significant taxonomic and nomenclatural problems exist within the genus Halopteris Allman, 1877.
First, the name is threatened by a seldom-used senior synonym (Halicornaria Hincks, 1865; type species
Plumularia catharina Johnston, 1833, by monotypy; not Halicornaria Allman 1874 = Gymnangium Hincks,
1874). In the interests of nomenclatural stability, the well-known name Halopteris is designated herein as valid and
as a nomen protectum, while Halicornaria Hincks, 1865 (not Halicornaria Allman, 1874) is relegated to a nomen
oblitum by adopting Reversal of Precedence provisions (ICZN Art. 23.9.1.1). Thus, Halicornaria sensu Hincks has
not been used as a valid name in zoology after 1899, whereas Halopteris has been utilized in more than 25 works
by numerous authors (>10) in the past 50 years (e.g., Vervoort 1968, 2006; Millard 1975; Rees & Vervoort 1987;
Gili et al. 1989; Cornelius 1995b; Hirohito 1995; Migotto 1996; Calder 1997; Schuchert 1997, 2003; Watson 2000;
Ansín Agís et al. 2001; Cairns et al. 2002; Peña Cantero & García Carrascosa 2002; Grohmann et al. 2003;
Vervoort & Watson 2003; Calder & Kirkendale 2005; Bouillon et al. 2006; Galea 2006, 2008, 2010; Altuna Prados
2007; Henry et al. 2008; Castellanos Iglesias et al. 2011). Second, misgivings were expressed earlier (Calder 1997:
33) about the overly broad scope of Halopteris as currently recognized and defined. Its type species, Halopteris
carinata Allman, 1877, is decidedly different in hydrothecal and gonothecal morphology from other species
presently assigned to the genus (see Schuchert 1997: 125). No changes to the existing classification and
nomenclature of the genus are introduced here, but revision of Halopteris is warranted.
Gonothecae of both sexes were present on some cormidia in part of the material (ROMIZ B1128). Smaller
male gonothecae were present on hydrocladia and larger female ones on hydrocauli (Figs. 11g, h).
One part of the material examined here (ROMIZ B1128) has been illustrated (as photographs) in the
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 43
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
guidebooks of Humann (1992) and Humann & DeLoach (2002), and the other (ROMIZ B1084) has been described
by Schuchert (1997).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Off Carysfort Reef (Allman 1877).—off Palm Beach area
(Humann 1992; Schuchert 1997; Humann & DeLoach 2002).
Western Atlantic. South Florida and the Bahamas (Fraser 1944) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted), including
Bermuda (Calder 1997), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Calder & Kirkendale
2005; Galea 2010; Castellanos Iglesias et al. 2011).
Elsewhere. Cape Verde Islands (Ansín Agís et al. 2001; Vervoort 2006).
Halopteris clarkei (Nutting, 1900)
Fig. 13a
Plumularia gracilis Clarke, 1879: 246, pl. 5, figs. 29, 30 [permanently invalid junior primary homonym of Plumularia gracilis
Murray, 1860].
Plumularia clarkei Nutting, 1900: 61, pl. 3, fig. 5 [replacement name for Plumularia gracilis Clarke, 1879].
Halopteris gracilis.—Schuchert, 1997: 110, fig. 39.
Type locality. Cuba: off Havana, 175 fathoms (320 m) (Clarke 1879: 247).
Voucher material. Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°11.8’N, 79°57.3’W, 87 m, 04.x.1986, Johnson-Sea-Link, J028/JSL
2132, one colony with several cormidia, up to 3.3 cm high, without gonophores, coll. R. Roesch, ROMIZ B1096.
Remarks. This species was originally described as Plumularia gracilis by Clarke (1879). That binomen, a
junior primary homonym of Plumularia gracilis Murray, 1860, is permanently invalid (ICZN Art. 57.2). Nutting
(1900) proposed Plumularia clarkei as a replacement name for the species, now currently assigned to Halopteris
Allman, 1877 as H. clarkei. Nutting provided a new name in the belief that the binomen P. gracilis was
preoccupied in works by Blainville (1834: 479) and Lamarck (1836: 167). However, the species referred to as P.
gracilis in both of those works, and earlier in Blainville (1830: 443), was originally founded as Aglaophenia
gracilis Lamouroux, 1816, and secondary homonymy with Clarke’s (1879) P. gracilis no longer exists. Nutting,
and later Stechow (1923), overlooked the more nomenclaturally important primary homonymy of P. gracilis
Clarke, 1879 with Murray’s (1860) use of the same binomen for a species from California.
A detailed account of this hydroid (as Halopteris gracilis) is given by Schuchert (1997), whose material
included the colonies from Florida examined here (ROMIZ B1096). Halopteris clarkei has been reported
infrequently, and it is known only from the warm western North Atlantic. It is immediately distinguished from the
sympatric H. diaphana (Heller, 1868) and H. alternata (Nutting, 1900) in having opposite instead of alternate
hydrocladia.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Off St. Lucie Inlet (Schuchert 1997).
Western Atlantic. Continental shelf of Georgia (Wenner et al. 1984) to Cuba (Clarke 1879), and including the
southeastern Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009).
Halopteris diaphana (Heller, 1868)
Fig. 13b–d
Anisocalyx diaphanus Heller, 1868: 42, pl. 2, fig. 5.
Type locality. Croatia: Capocesto (Primošten) (Heller 1868: 42).
Voucher material. Off Melbourne, 28°04.0’N, 80°12.8’W, 25 m, 01.iii.1974, R/V Gosnold Station 222/281B,
Smith-McIntyre grab, several fragments of a colony, on a bivalve shell, up to 7 mm high, with gonophores, ROMIZ
B3975.
Remarks. Material examined here was small and exceedingly slender, and its identity at first seemed
uncertain. Within the genus Halopteris Allman, 1877, however, these specimens are clearly referable to the H.
diaphana (Heller, 1868) group as recognized by Schuchert (1997). Amongst species of that group, they most
closely resemble H. diaphana, H. tenella (Verrill, 1874), H. alternata (Nutting, 1900), and H. violae Calder,
CALDER
44 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Mallinson, Collins, & Hickman, 2003. Specimens resemble those of H. diaphana, H. tenella, and H. violae in the
usual sequential segmentation of hydrocladia, with the first segment being very short and anematothecate, the
second longer and nematothecate, and the third long and both nematothecate and hydrothecate. Female gonothecae
are cornucopia-shaped, as in H. diaphana and H. tenella, rather than fusiform or nearly so as in both H. alternata
and H. violae. Unlike in H. alternata, axillar nematothecae are absent on hydrocauli. Cauline internodes generally
bear two nematothecae, as in H. diaphana and H. tenella. Most importantly, hydrocauli are heteromeric (including
some cormoid stems that are unbranched, as in Antennella Allman, 1877), unlike any species in the group except
H. diaphana. Based on Schuchert’s (1997: 42) tabular comparison of species in the group, material at hand fully
corresponds with characters of H. diaphana and is assigned to that species here. Halopteris diaphana has been
justifiably reported before in the western Atlantic only from Brazil (Schuchert, 1997).
A revision of the taxonomy of Halopteris diaphana as now conceived is given by Schuchert (1997). In the
western Atlantic, hydroids referable to H. alternata (Nutting, 1900) have often been misidentified as this species.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Melbourne, Florida (reported herein) and Brazil (Schuchert 1997).
Elsewhere. Mediterranean Sea (Schuchert 1997).
FIGURE 13. a, Halopteris clarkei: part of hydrocaulus with two hydrocladia and three hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1096, scale
equals 0.25 mm. b, Halopteris diaphana: part of hydrocaulus with a hydrocladium and a hydrotheca, ROMIZ B3975, scale
equals 0.20 mm. c, Halopteris diaphana: part of a hydrocladium with a hydrotheca and nematothecae, ROMIZ B3975, scale
equals 0.10 mm. d, Halopteris diaphana: part of hydrocaulus with a hydrotheca and female gonotheca, ROMIZ B3975, scale
equals 0.10 mm. e, Monostaechas quadridens: part of a hydrocladium with two hydrothecae and a female gonotheca, ROMIZ
B1102, scale equals 0.25 mm. f, Ventromma halecioides: part of hydrocaulus with a hydrocladium and two hydrothecae,
ROMIZ B1108, scale equals 0.20 mm.
Monostaechas quadridens (McCrady, 1859)
Fig. 13e
Plumularia quadridens McCrady, 1859: 199.
Monostaechas quadridens.—Leloup, 1937: 108, figs 10A, B.—Schuchert, 1997: 130, fig. 47b–e.
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 45
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Type locality. USA: South Carolina, Charleston Harbor area, “floating in the water” (McCrady 1859: 199).
Voucher material. Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°10.8’N, 80°00.8’W, 44 m, 21.vi.1977, Johnson-Sea-Link, diver
lockout, JSL 2230-c, two colony fragments, 1.5 and 2 cm high, one with gonothecae, ROMIZ B1102.
Remarks. Originally described from South Carolina, Monostaechas quadridens McCrady, 1859 is ubiquitous
in coastal waters off the southeastern United States (e.g., Fraser 1912b, 1943, 1944; Leloup 1937; Cain 1972;
Wenn er et al. 1983, 1984; Wendt et al. 1989; Schuchert 1997). Wenner et al. reported it as frequent in dredge
(47%) and trawl (35%) samples from nine hard bottom sites on inner (17–22 m), middle (23–38 m), and outer (47–
67 m) continental shelf areas of South Carolina and Georgia. In estuaries within the region, however, it has been
found only as detached colonies (McCrady 1859; Calder 1983).
Detailed taxonomic accounts of Monostaechas quadridens include those of Schuchert (1997), whose material
included the specimens from off St. Lucie Inlet examined here (ROMIZ B1102), and Ansín Agís et al. (2001),
whose material came from the Canary Islands and the Cape Verde Islands.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Off Miami and Jacksonville (Leloup 1937).—Off St. Lucie
Inlet (Schuchert 1997).
Western Atlantic. Massachusetts (Nutting 1900, 1901) to Argentina (Oliveira et al. submitted), including
Bermuda (Calder 2000), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Galea 2010).
Elsewhere. Circumglobal, tropical and temperate waters (Schuchert 1997).
Family Kirchenpaueriidae Stechow, 1921a
Ventromma halecioides (Alder, 1859)
Fig. 13f
Plumularia halecioides Alder, 1859: 353, pl. 12, figs. 1–5.
Ventromma halecioides.—Jones, 2002: 218.
Type locality. UK: England, Cullercoats and Roker (Alder 1859).
Voucher material. Fort Pierce, ship canal at Link Port, 27°32’05”N, 80°20’50”W, 0.1 m, 17.ii.1991, on prop
roots of Rhizophora mangle, 15° C, 22‰, collected by snorkeling, 10 cormoids, up to 1.3 cm high, without
gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B1108.
Remarks. Differences between the genera Kirchenpaueria Jickeli, 1883 and Ventromma Stechow, 1923 appear
slight morphologically, and the two are frequently regarded as congeneric. The trophosome of Ventromma is
distinguished by having nematophores with nematothecae, lacking in Kirchenpaueria. Ventromma is retained in
this work based largely on evidence from molecular work (Leclère et al. 2007; Moura et al. 2008; Peña Cantero et
al. 2010), showing that V. halecioides (Alder, 1859), its type species, is genetically distant from Kirchenpaueria
pinnata (Linnaeus, 1758), type species of Kirchenpaueria.
A species often found inshore in quiet-water areas, Ventromma halecioides (Alder 1859) was found here on red
mangroves bordering the canal leading into the harbor at the Harbor Branch Oceanographic Institution, Fort Pierce.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Biscayne Bay (Jones 2002).
Western Atlantic. North Carolina (Fraser 1912b, as Plumularia inermis Nutting, 1900) to Brazil (Oliveira et al.
submitted), including Bermuda (Calder 1997), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea
(Galea 2008, as Kirchenpaueria halecioides).
Elsewhere. Believed to be circumglobal in shallow tropical and warm-temperate waters (Calder 1997).
Family Aglaopheniidae Marktanner-Turneretscher, 1890
Aglaophenia dubia Nutting, 1900
Fig. 14a
Aglaophenia gracilis Allman, 1877: 42, pl. 25, figs. 1–4 [invalid junior primary homonym of Aglaophenia gracilis Lamouroux,
1816].
CALDER
46 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Aglaophenia dubia Nutting, 1900: 92, pl. 18, fig. 5 [replacement name for Aglaophenia gracilis Allman, 1877].
Aglaophenia elongata.—Bogle, 1975: 101, fig. 7.—Jones 2002: 218 [not Aglaophenia elongata Meneghini, 1845].
Type locality. USA: Florida, off Carysfort Reef (Allman 1877: 43, as Aglaophenia gracilis).
Voucher material. Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°11.8’N, 80°00.6’W, 137 feet (42 m), 17.v.1976, Johnson-Sea-Link,
JSL 2047, three cormoids, up to 8.8 cm high, without gonophores, coll. G. Melton, ROMIZ B1125.—Of Jupiter
Inlet, 26°57.6’N, 79°59.4’W, 48 m, 17.i.1974, R/V Gosnold Station 216/128, 20-foot otter trawl, two cormoids, up
to 4.8 cm high, without gonophores, ROMIZ B3976.—Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°10.8’N, 80°00.8’W, 44 m,
03.ii.1977, Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 2161, one cormoid, 1.6 cm high, without gonophores, coll. F. Stanton, ROMIZ
B3977.
Remarks. This species was originally described from southeastern Florida as Aglaophenia gracilis by Allman
(1877). That name is a permanently invalid junior primary homonym of Aglaophenia gracilis Lamouroux, 1816
(ICZN Art. 57.2). Nutting (1900) recognized the homonymy and proposed Aglaophenia dubia as a replacement
name for Allman’s species.
Aglaophenia dubia was referred to the synonymy of A. elongata Meneghini, 1845, a Mediterranean species, by
Bedot (1921). Some subsequent authors who studied the species adopted that proposed synonymy (Leloup 1937;
Van Gemerden-Hoogeveen 1965; Bogle 1975; Wedler 1975; Wenner et al. 1984; Jones 2002), while others did not
(Fraser 1944; Deevey 1954; Rees & Thursfield 1965; Vervoort 1968). Bogle (1975) noted several differences
between her material from the Straits of Florida and the original account of A. elongata by Meneghini (1845), but
with considerable reservation retained that name for the western Atlantic species. Hydroids of the same
morphotype from Bermuda were compared by me (Calder 1997) with accounts of the Mediterranean species by
Svoboda & Cornelius (1991), as well as with material of A. elongata from Capo d’Enfola, Elba, Italy (ROMIZ
B1231). A number of differences in the two were noted, particularly in corbula morphology. Corbulae of hydroids
from Bermuda were elongate rather than egg-shaped, there were 6–14 instead of 4–6 pairs of nematocladia, free
ribs were frequent instead of being absent, and peduncles bore 1–3 hydrothecae instead of just one. I therefore
concluded that A. dubia was valid. Moreover, Svoboda and Cornelius noted that records of A. elongata outside the
Mediterranean seemed erroneous.
Aglaophenia dubia and A. flowersi Nutting, 1900, the latter originally described from near Sand Key, Florida,
have been considered identical (Leloup 1937; Bogle 1975; Calder 1997), and as such are simultaneous synonyms.
Precedence was assigned to the name A. dubia following the First Reviser Principle (ICZN Art. 24.2) in
nomenclature (Calder 1997). Additional taxonomic remarks on A. dubia are given in Bogle (1975, as A. elongata)
and Calder (1997).
This species is usually found at intermediate depths in the warm western Atlantic. Its known bathymetric range
is 11–274 m (Bogle 1975, as A. elongata).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Off Carysfort Reef (Allman 1877, as Aglaophenia
gracilis).—Straits of Florida (Bogle 1975, as A. elongata).—Biscayne Bay (Jones 2002, as A. elongata).
Western Atlantic. South Carolina/Georgia continental shelf (Wenner et al. 1984, as A. elongata) to Brazil
(Oliveira et al. submitted), including Bermuda (Calder 1997), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the
Caribbean Sea (Bogle 1975, as A. elongata).
Elsewhere. Questionably reported from the Galápagos Islands (Fraser 1938b).
Aglaophenia latecarinata Allman, 1877
Fig. 14b
Aglaophenia late-carinata Allman, 1877: 56 [incorrect original spelling].
Aglaophenia latecarinata.—Leloup, 1935: 57.—Fraser, 1944: 378.
Type locality. “Gulf of Mexico...attached to Gulf Weed” (Allman 1877: 56).
Voucher material. Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°10.8’N, 80°02.5’W, 21.6 m, 24.vii.1975, on algae, one colony,
cormoids up to 1.4 cm high, without gonophores, coll. T. Askew, ROMIZ B1086.—Fort Pierce, Fort Pierce Inlet
State Park, 27°28’29.5”N, 80°17’25.8”W, on stranded Sargassum fluitans, 14.vii.2012, 28° C, 35‰, collected
manually, two colonies, up to 7 mm high, without gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B3978.
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 47
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
FIGURE 14. a, Aglaophenia dubia: part of a hydrocladium with two hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1125, scale equals 0.10 mm. b,
Aglaophenia latecarinata: part of a hydrocladium with two hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1086, scale equals 0.10 mm. c,
Aglaophenia rhynchocarpa: part of a hydrocladium with two hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1083, scale equals 0.10 mm. d,
Aglaophenia trifida: part of a hydrocladium with three hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1086, scale equals 0.10 mm. e, Gymnangium
speciosum: part of a hydrocladium with three hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1131, scale equals 0.20 mm. f, Macrorhynchia allmani:
part of a hydrocladium with two hydrothecae, ROMIZ B3982, scale equals 0.10 mm. g, Macrorhynchia clarkei: part of a
hydrocladium with two hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1129, scale equals 0.10 mm. h, Macrorhynchia clarkei: a single
phylactogonium from a pseudocorbula, ROMIZ B1129, scale equals 0.25 mm. i, Macrorhynchia philippina: part of a
hydrocladium with three hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1092. Scale equals 0.10 mm.
CALDER
48 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Remarks. Although often reported from hard bottoms, Aglaophenia latecarinata Allman, 1877 is also a
conspicuous epibiont of the pelagic gulfweed species Sargassum fluitans (Calder 1995). As such it is ubiquitous in
the Caribbean Sea (e.g., Leloup 1935; Van Gemerden-Hoogeveen 1965), Gulf of Mexico (e.g., Fraser 1944;
Defenbaugh & Hopkins 1973), Florida Current (e.g., Nutting 1895, as Aglaophenia minuta; Bogle 1975), Gulf
Stream (e.g., Burkenroad, in Parr 1939, as A. minuta; Rackley 1974), and Sargasso Sea (e.g., Broch 1913; Leloup
1937). Colonies on gulfweed are stunted, as with certain other Sargassum associates (Adams 1960), and they
typically reach only about a centimeter in height on that substrate. While the species tends to be a dominant
hydroid on S. fluitans, it is much less frequent on S. natans, the other holopelagic species of gulfweed in the North
Atlantic (Calder 1995). Hydroids of A. latecarinata are known to occur as well on flotsam such as plastics (Calder
1997).
The troubled nomenclature and extensive synonymy of this species have been reviewed elsewhere (Bogle
1975; Calder 1997; Ansín Agís et al. 2001). The last group of authors also provided detailed distribution records.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Hollywood, near Miami (Leloup 1935; Fraser 1944).
Western Atlantic. New England, on pelagic Sargassum (Fraser 1944), to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted), and
including Bermuda and the Sargasso Sea (Jäderholm 1896; Calder 1993), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns
2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Galea 2010).
Elsewhere. Warm waters of the eastern Atlantic, Indian Ocean, and western Pacific (Ansín Agís et al. 2001;
Park 2012).
Aglaophenia rhynchocarpa Allman, 1877
Fig. 14c
Aglaophenia rhynchocarpa Allman, 1877: 40, pl. 23, figs. 5–8.—Bogle, 1975: 59, fig. 3.
Type locality. USA: Florida, Key West, Triangle Shoal (Allman 1877: 40).
Voucher material. Palm Beach, 1.42 miles (2.3 km) offshore, 30.5 m, 23.vii.1974, Johnson-Sea-Link,
JSL1174, diver lockout, two colony fragments, up to 4 cm high, without gonophores, coll. J. Prentice, ROMIZ
B1083.—West Palm Beach, on reef seaward of the Breakers Hotel, 45 feet (13.7 m), January 1991, SCUBA, four
cormoids, up to 2.0 cm high, without gonophores, coll. P. Humann, ROMIZ B3979.
Remarks. Remarks on taxonomy of Aglaophenia rhynchocarpa Allman, 1877 include those of Bogle (1975)
and Calder (1997). Both considered A. cylindrata Versluys, 1899 from the Testigos Islands, West Indies, to be
conspecific, following Bedot (1925) and Vervoort (1968) earlier. Added to the synonymy of A. rhynchocarpa in my
1997 report were A. rathbuni Nutting, 1900 from “Caravellas” (Caravelas), Brazil, and A. insolens Fraser, 1943
from Maguaripe Bay, Trinidad. Bogle regarded the latter two as coterminous, and indicated that they were merely
variants of A. rhynchocarpa. Aglaophenia gracillima Fewkes, 1881, originally described from Martinique, West
Indies, resembles A. rhynchocarpa but differs in having a median abcauline carina that extends well beyond the rim
of the hydrotheca. Moreover, the peduncle of its corbula bears 3–4 hydrothecate internodes (cormidia) instead of
one.Palm Beach, Florida, currently appears to represent the northern range limit of Aglaophenia rhynchocarpa.
The species was reported from Challenger Bank, near Bermuda, in collections from the Challenger Expedition
(Ritchie 1909, as Aglaophenia cylindrata Versluys, 1899; Calder 1997). However, it has not been seen again
anywhere around Bermuda or on nearby banks, in spite of extensive hydroid collecting in the area during the late
20th century. As with Hebella venusta (Allman, 1877), noted earlier, it may have become locally extinct (Sterrer
1998; Calder 2000). By contrast, the species was particularly well-represented in samples from Arrowsmith Bank,
Yucatan Channel, examined by Bogle (1975).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Carysfort Reef (Bogle 1975).
Western Atlantic. Palm Beach, Florida (reported herein) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted), and including the
Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009) and Caribbean Sea (Vervoort 1968; Galea 2010).
Elsewhere. Eastern Atlantic (Vervoort 1959, as Aglaophenia latecarinata, in part).
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 49
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Aglaophenia trifida L. Agassiz, 1862
Fig. 14d
Aglaophenia cristata McCrady, 1859: 202 [not Aglaophenia cristata (Lamarck, 1816) = Aglaophenia pluma (Linnaeus, 1758)].
Aglaophenia trifida L. Agassiz, 1862: 358.
Type locality. USA: South Carolina, Sullivan’s Island (stranded on the beach) and Charleston (McCrady 1859:
203, as Aglaophenia cristata).
Voucher material. Off Sebastian Inlet, 27°51.5’N, 80°09.5’W, 26 m, 01.iii.1974, Smith-McIntyre grab, R/V
Gosnold Station 222/276E, one colony, 8.5 cm high, without gonophores, ROMIZ B1126.—Nearshore off Fort
Pierce, 27°29.6’N, 80°17.0’W, 5–8 m, 02.v.1975, one colony, 4.5 cm high, without gonophores, coll. F. Stanton,
ROMIZ B3980.—Nearshore off Fort Pierce, 27°29.6’N, 80°17.0’W, 7–8 m, 10.vii.1975, SCUBA, one colony, 4.2
cm high, without gonophores, coll. F. Stanton, ROMIZ B3981.
Remarks. This hydroid was first described as Aglaophenia cristata (Lamarck, 1816) by McCrady (1859). He
suspected it was distinct from that European species, now known as Aglaophenia pluma (Linnaeus, 1758), but had
no material of the eastern Atlantic form to verify his conjecture. The binomen A. trifida was applied to the species
a short time later by L. Agassiz (1862). Although Agassiz neither described nor illustrated it, the specific name
trifida is nevertheless available from that work because a bibliographic reference to McCrady’s earlier description
(ICZN Art. 12.2) was provided.
Aglaophenia rigida Allman, 1877, described from material collected during explorations of the Gulf Stream
region by L.F. de Pourtalès, is morphologically similar to A. trifida. The two had been distinguished by Fraser
(1944) based on the number of cusps on the hydrothecal margin, with eight reported in A. rigida and nine in A.
trifida. After examinating type material of A. rigida and finding nine rather than eight cusps to be present, I
synonymized the two names (Calder 1983).
Aglaophenia trifida resembles A. pluma, a European species re-described on the basis of a neotype by Svoboda
& Cornelius (1991). Median inferior nematothecae extend a greater distance along the abcauline wall of the
hydrotheca in A. pluma, and its corbulae are shorter (usually with about 5–10 ribs instead of 12–14). Aglaophenia
trifida is held to be distinct here.
Nutting (1900) found Aglaophenia rigida (= A. trifida) to be abundant along the Carolina coast south of Cape
Hatteras in Albatross collections, and concluded that it was likely the most abundant species of the genus
Aglaophenia Lamouroux, 1812 on the American Atlantic seaboard. Fraser’s (1912b) report of this rather large
species (as A. rigida) from Sargassum near Beaufort, North Carolina, is regarded here as a misidentification.
Records of A. trifida from areas outside the southern United States need verification.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. North Carolina (Nutting 1900, as Aglaophenia rigida) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted),
and including the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009) and the Caribbean Sea (Fraser 1944, as Aglaophenia
rigida).
Elsewhere. Questionably reported from the eastern Pacific (Fraser 1948, as Aglaophenia rigida).
Gymnangium speciosum (Allman, 1877)
Fig. 14e
Halicornaria speciosa Allman, 1877: 54, pl. 34, figs. 1–5.
not Halicornaria speciosa.—Nutting, 1900: 127 (part) [=Gymnangium sinuosum (Fraser, 1925)].
Gymnangium speciosum.—Humann, 1992: 69, middle photograph.—Humann & DeLoach, 2002: 69, middle photograph.
Type locality. Bahamas: Double-Headed Shot Key (Allman 1877: 55).
Voucher material. West Palm Beach, on reef seaward of the Breakers Hotel, 45 feet (13.7 m), January 1991,
SCUBA, fragments of one dead colony, c. 19.5 cm high, with empty gonothecae, coll. P. Humann, ROMIZ B1131.
Remarks. This species was originally described by Allman (1877) as Halicornaria speciosa. Halicornaria
Allman, 1874 was widely used as a generic name until it was a shown to be a junior synonym of Gymnangium
Hincks, 1874 by Stechow (1921b). He noted that Allman’s (1874) account of Halicornaria appeared in April 1874,
CALDER
50 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
whereas its subjective synonym Gymnangium was made available by Hincks (1874) earlier that year (February).
Moreover, the name Halicornaria Allman, 1874 is now known to be an invalid junior homonym of Halicornaria
Hincks, 1865 (Calder 1997). The status of the senior homonym is discussed above under Halopteris carinata
Allman, 1877. Although the name Gymnangium is now well-established, the genus-group it represents is thought to
be polyphyletic (Leclère et al. 2007).
Of the four putatively valid species of Gymnangium in the tropical western Atlantic, G. speciosa differs from G.
arcuatum (Lamouroux, 1816) in having unbranched colonies and in possessing an intrathecal septum, from G.
longicaudum (Nutting, 1900) in having median inferior nematothecae that extend a relatively short distance beyond
the hydrothecal rim instead of well beyond it, and from G. sinuosum (Fraser, 1925) in having two embayments on
each side of the hydrothecal rim instead of one. More detailed accounts of these species are given by Bogle (1975)
and Calder (1997).
Nutting’s (1900) report of this species (as Halicornaria speciosa) from Albatross Station 2640 (25°05’N,
80°15’W) south of Carysfort Reef, Florida, was assigned instead to Gymnangium sinuosum by Bogle (1975: 271)
after an examination of Nutting’s specimens (USNM 18703, 18704). The misidentified record was repeated in
Fraser (1944).
The photograph of Gymnangium speciosum in Humann (1992) and Humann & DeLoach (2002) shows the
same colony examined here.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Off West Palm Beach (Humann 1992; Humann & DeLoach
2002).
Western Atlantic. Southeastern Florida, Bahamas, Gulf of Mexico, and Arrowsmith Bank in the northwestern
Caribbean Sea (Bogle 1975) to Barbados (Fraser 1944) and Colombia (Wedler 1975). The species is also known
from Bermuda (Calder 1997).
Macrorhynchia allmani (Nutting, 1900)
Fig. 14f
Aglaophenia ramosa Allman, 1877: 39, pl. 23, figs. 1–4 [permanently invalid junior secondary homonym of Aglaophenia
ramosa (Busk, 1852); replaced before 1961 by a substitute name in current use (ICZN Art. 59.3)].
Aglaophenia allmani Nutting, 1900: 100, pl. 22, figs. 2–3 [replacement name for Aglaophenia ramosa Allman, 1877].
Type locality. USA: Florida, “Florida reef, from a depth of from 2 to 3 fathoms” (3.7–5.5 m) (Allman 1877: 40, as
Aglaophenia ramosa).
Voucher material. Bethel Shoal off Vero Beach, 27°42.6’N, 80°06.8’W, 24 m, on shell fragments, 18.ii.1976,
Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 328, diver lockout, three cormoids, up to 4.2 cm high, without gonothecae, coll. S. Nelson,
ROMIZ B3982.
Remarks. Fully-developed colonies of Macrorhynchia allmani Nutting, 1900 reach as much as 28 cm high
(Calder 1997). Those examined here were much smaller, but they otherwise correspond in morphology with earlier
accounts of the species.
Macrorhynchia allmani resembles the sympatric M. clarkei Nutting, 1900, and the two have sometimes been
confused, as noted earlier (Calder 1997). The most obvious difference between them macroscopically is colour,
with colonies of M. allmani appearing brownish and those of M. clarkei black. Microscopically, hydrocladial
internodes of M. allmani usually have two internal perisarcal ridges while those of M. clarkei have only one. Other
differences are reported in remarks on the latter species immediately below.
Reproductive structures of this species have yet to be described. In their absence, M. allmani is referred to the
aglaopheniid genus Macrorhynchia Kirchenpauer 1872 based on trophosomal characters identified by Bogle
(1975) and reiterated by Calder (1997). As in that genus, the hydrocaulus is polysiphonic and repeatedly branched,
cauline nematothecae are large and triangular, median inferior nematothecae are largely adnate to the abcauline
hydrothecal wall, and hydrothecae are of moderate depth. Wedler (2004) described gonophores in a hydroid
identified as this species, but in my opinion his specimens are referable to M. furcata (Nutting, 1900) instead.
Lateral nematothecae visible in his Fig. 3c are forked, as in that species.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Continental shelf of South Carolina and Georgia (Wenner et al. 1984, as Aglaophenia
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 51
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
allmani) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted) including Bermuda (Calder 1997), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder &
Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Vervoort 1968, as Aglaophenia (?) allmani).
Macrorhynchia clarkei (Nutting, 1900)
Fig. 14g, h
Lytocarpus clarkei Nutting, 1900: 124, pl. 32, figs. 5–7.
Macrorhynchia robusta.—Humann, 1992: 75, top photograph.—Humann & DeLoach, 2002: 75, top photograph [not
Macrorhynchia robusta (Fewkes, 1881)].
Type locality. Bahamas: off Little Cat Island (Little San Salvador Island), on a submerged bank connecting it and
Eleuthera (Nutting 1900). Syntype material, comprising three slides, is in the National Museum of Natural History,
Smithsonian Institution (USNM 18698).
Voucher material. West Palm Beach, on reef seaward of the Breakers Hotel, 45 feet (13.7 m), January 1991,
SCUBA, fragments of one colony, c. 15 cm high, with phylactogonia forming pseudocorbulae, but without
gonophores, coll. P. Humann, ROMIZ B1129.
Remarks. The coenosarc of Macrorhynchia clarkei Nutting, 1900 contains numerous “black pigment cells,”
as noted in the original description of the species, and colonies appear almost black macroscopically. The common
name “black bush hydroid” is appropriate for this hydroid.
In a previous work (Calder 1997: 65) I considered it likely that Macrorhynchia clarkei was conspecific with M.
grandis (Clarke, 1879). The same opinion had been expressed earlier by Bogle (1975: 297). The two are held
distinct here given apparent differences between them in both morphology and bathymetric distribution. For
example, median inferior nematothecae extend beyond hydrothecal margins in M. grandis but not in M. clarkei. As
for their type localities, M. grandis came from bathyal depths (339 fathoms = 620 m) in the Straits of Florida
(24°08’N, 82°51’W) while M. clarkei was from much shallower waters (5-24 m) in the Bahamas. Although
additional records of the two have extended their reported depth ranges, M. clarkei still appears to be a species
more typical of shallow waters and M. grandis one of deeper regions. There is also no mention of the black
pigment granules in M. grandis that are so conspicuous in M. clarkei. For the same reasons given above, M. clarkei
is considered distinct from M. ramosa (Fewkes, 1881), originally described from St. Vincent in the Caribbean.
Illustrations of type material portraying some characters of these three similar species are provided elsewhere
(Calder 1997: Fig. 20 a–c). Macrorhynchia allmani (Nutting, 1900) from the warm western Atlantic also resembles
M. clarkei but has been distinguished by having more widely spaced hydrocladia, longer hydrocladial internodes,
deeper hydrothecae, and shorter median inferior nematothecae (Calder, 1997). It also has two internal ridges per
hydrocladial internode rather than one, with one beneath the intrathecal ridge and another beneath the lateral
nematothecae. Nevertheless, as noted by Bogle (1975), careful study of the various nominal species assigned to
Macrorhynchia Kirchenpauer 1872 is needed to sort out the taxonomy of this difficult group. Some recent authors
(Ansín Agís et al. 2001; Vervoort 2006) have recognized Nematophorus Clarke, 1879 as a genus distinct from
Macrorhynchia, having a pseudocorbula instead of single phylactogonia, and have assigned M. clarkei to it.
Records of this species from Bermuda (Bennitt 1922, as Lytocarpus clarkei; Calder 1986, as Macrorhynchia
clarkei) are misidentifications of Macrorhynchia allmani Nutting, 1900 (see Calder 1997). Conversely, the hydroid
from Florida illustrated by Humann (1992: 75) and Humann & DeLoach (2002: 75) and identified as
Macrorhynchia robusta (Fewkes, 1881) is referable to M. clarkei. That misidentification is entirely due to an error
on my part, and was based on the voucher material above. The colony in their photograph is the same one
examined here. Hydrothecal cusps are much more deeply cut in M. robusta than in M. clarkei.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. West Palm Beach (Humann 1992; Humann & DeLoach
2002).
Western Atlantic. Florida and the Bahamas to the Caribbean Sea in the western Atlantic (Vervoort 1968, as
Lytocarpus clarkei; Galea 2010).
Elsewhere. Cape Verde Islands (Vervoort 1959, as L. clarkei; Ansín Agís et al. 2001, as Nematophorus clarkei;
Vervoort 2006, as N. clarkei).
CALDER
52 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Macrorhynchia philippina Kirchenpauer, 1872
Fig. 14i
Macrorhynchia philippina Kirchenpauer, 1872: 19.
Aglaophenia philippina Kirchenpauer, 1872: 45, text-fig. p. 17; pl. 1, fig. 26, pl. 2, figs. 26 a–b; pl. 7, fig. 26.
Lytocarpus philippinus.—Weiss, 1948: 158.—Cummings, 1994: 1208.
Lytocarpus filippinus.—Voss & Voss, 1955: 223 [incorrect subsequent spelling].
? Lytocarpus sp.—Clark & Goetzfried, 1976: 477.
Macrorynchia philippina.—Jones, 2002: 218 [incorrect subsequent spelling].
Type locality. Philippines: Manila (Kirchenpauer 1872: 45).
Voucher material. Bethel Shoal off Vero Beach, 27°42.6’N, 80°06.8’W, 24 m, 18.ii.1976, Johnson-Sea-Link,
JSL 328, diver lockout, one colony fragment, 3.7 cm high, without gonothecae, coll. S. Nelson, ROMIZ B1092.
Remarks. A thorough taxonomic account of Macrorhynchia philippina Kirchenpauer, 1872, including both a
synonymy list and detailed distribution records, has been given by Ansín Agís et al. (2001). Additional synonyms
of this widespread species are listed in Calder (1997).
Although the reported bathymetric range of Macrorhynchia philippina extends from surface waters to 411 m
(Ansín Agís et al. 2001), the species is most often encountered at shallow depths (<25 m). In the southeastern
United States it penetrates a short distance inside bays, inlets, creeks, and rivers (Fraser 1912b; Calder & Hester
1978; Calder 1983), but only into environments that are typically euhaline (30–40‰).
Variously known as “fire weed” or “fire fern” (Rifkin et al. 1993), or “white stinger” (Cairns et al. 2002),
colonies of Macrorhynchia philippina are venomous to humans. A large (20 cm), venomous hydroid identified by
Clark & Goetzfried (1976) as Lytocarpus sp. from the jetty at Sebastian Inlet, Florida, was likely this species. They
described a new species of opisthobranch mollusc (Lomanotus stauberi) associated with it. Contact with the
hydroid caused an intense sting, and nematocysts were also thought to be present in mucus released into the water
from the colony. Those hydroids were reported by Clark & Goetzfried to be seasonal in occurrence in the area,
being present from June through November and occasionally into December.
Macrorhynchia philippina liberates a medusoid stage as part of its life cycle (e.g., Gravier 1970; Migotto 1996;
Bourmaud & Gravier-Bonnet 2004).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Biscayne Bay (Weiss 1948, as Lytocarpus philippinus; Voss
& Voss 1955, as Lytocarpus filippinus; Jones 2002).—(?) Sebastian Inlet (Clark & Goetzfried 1976, as Lytocarpus
sp.).—Boca Raton (Cummings 1994, as L. philippinus).
Western Atlantic. North Carolina (Fraser 1912b, as Lytocarpus philippinus) to Brazil (Oliveira et al.
submitted), including Bermuda (Calder 1997), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea
(Galea 2010).
Elsewhere. Circumglobal in warm neritic waters (Ansín Agís et al. 2001; Schuchert 2003).
SUBORDER PROBOSCOIDEA Broch, 1910
Family Campanulariidae Johnston, 1837
Subfamily Campanulariinae Johnston, 1837
Campanularia macroscypha Allman, 1877
Fig. 15a, b
Campanularia macroscypha Allman, 1877: 11, pl. 8, figs. 1, 2.—Fraser, 1943: 88.
Type locality. USA: Florida, off Sand Key, 120 fathoms (219 m) (Allman 1877).
Voucher material. Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°10.8’N, 80°02.5’W, on Eudendrium carneum, 22 m, 24.vii.1975,
Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 273, one colony, up to 2 mm high, without gonophores, coll. T. Askew, ROMIZ B1088.—
Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°11.4’N, 80°00.9’W, 42 m, 18.v.1976, Johnson-Sea-Link, diver lockout, one colony, up to 4
mm high, without gonophores, coll. M. Flake, ROMIZ B1101.—Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°10.8’N, 80°00.8’W, 43 m,
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 53
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
24.viii.1977, Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 1439, diver lockout, one colony, up to 1.1 cm high, without medusa buds, coll.
J. Reed, ROMIZ B1104.
Remarks. Campanularia macroscypha Allman 1877 is distinguished by having long, cylindrical hydrothecae
with a dozen or more deeply-cut, linguiform cusps, and irregularly-segmented pedicels. It is known only from the
southeastern United States and Gulf of Mexico. A hydroid of relatively deep waters, its previously-known
bathymetric range is 84–1119 m (Henry et al. 2008). Voucher material above from St. Lucie Inlet was from
shallower depths of 22–43 m. Specimens reported from a station (Stn. 117, 32°04.03’N, 65°02.48’W) on
Challenger Bank, off Bermuda (Calder 2000) were collected at 49 m.
Gonothecae of this species remain undescribed.
FIGURE 15. a, Campanularia macroscypha: part of colony with hydrotheca, ROMIZ B1101, scale equals 0.5 mm. b,
Campanularia macroscypha: hydrotheca and distal part of pedicel, ROMIZ B1101, scale equals 0.20 mm. c, Orthopyxis
sargassicola: hydrotheca and distal part of pedicel, ROMIZ B1123, scale equals 0.20 mm. d, Orthopyxis sargassicola:
gonotheca, ROMIZ B1123, scale equals 0.20 mm. e, Clytia elsaeoswaldae: part of a colony with hydrotheca and gonotheca,
ROMIZ B1134, scale equals 0.25 mm. f, Clytia linearis: hydrotheca and distal part of pedicel, ROMIZ B3983, scale equals
0.25 mm.
CALDER
54 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Cape Lookout, North Carolina (Henry et al. 2008) to the Gulf of Mexico north of Yucatan
(Fraser 1944), as well as Bermuda (Calder 1998, 2000).
Orthopyxis sargassicola (Nutting, 1915)
Fig. 15c, d
Clytia sargassicola Nutting, 1915: 57, pl. 12, figs. 8, 9.
Type locality. Bahamas: “...southern edge of the Gulf Stream” (Nutting 1915).
Voucher material. Seminole Shores, just north of St. Lucie Inlet, 19.ii.1991, on stranded Sargassum, one
colony, up to 3 mm high, with gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B1123.
Remarks. Although first reported on Sargassum from the Gulf Stream in the western North Atlantic, most
records of Orthopyxis sargassicola (Nutting, 1915) to date have been from Brazil, where it appears to be common.
There, Oliveira et al. (submitted) included records of it from algae, barnacles, and mussels. A shallow water
species, it has been recorded from the intertidal zone to a depth of about 20 m (Migotto 1996).
Orthopyxis sargassicola resembles O. tincta Hincks, 1861a from Australia in having laterally compressed,
strongly ribbed, and partially recumbent gonothecae, together with thickened and distinctly cuspate hydrothecae.
However, its gonothecae are much less tapered distally and they have only about a half-dozen ribs instead of a
dozen or more. Gonophores of O. sargassicola are liberated as reddish-coloured eumedusoids, lacking both
tentacles and manubrium (Migotto 1996).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic: Gulf Stream east of Cape Hatteras (Fraser 1943, as Eucopella sargassicola) southwards to
Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted), including Bermuda (Calder 1991a) and the Caribbean Sea (Leloup 1935, as
Campanularia sargassicola). Leloup also recorded it from pelagic Sargassum in the central North Atlantic (29°N,
44°W) over the western side of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge.
Subfamily Clytiinae Cockerell, 1911
Clytia elsaeoswaldae Stechow, 1914
Fig. 15e
Clytia elsae-oswaldae Stechow, 1914: 125, fig. 4.
Type locality. U.S. Virgin Islands: St. Thomas, Charlotte Amalie (Stechow 1914).
Voucher material. Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°10.7’N, 80°02.7’W, on Eudendrium carneum, 23 m, vii.1975,
Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 274, one colony, up to 4 mm high, with gonophores, coll. T. Askew, ROMIZ B1134.
Remarks. Lindner et al. (2011) have been followed in recognizing Clytia elsaeoswaldae Stechow, 1914 (type
locality: St. Thomas) as distinct from Clytia gracilis (M. Sars, 1850) (type locality: Norway). Suspicions had been
raised earlier, on zoogeographic grounds, that the two might be distinct (Calder 1991a: 57). As with material of
Lindner et al. from Brazil and type material from the U.S. Virgin Islands, gonothecae of hydroids from Florida
examined here were borne on the stolons or mostly so. The species appears to be endemic to shallow-waters of the
warm western Atlantic. Material earlier identified as C. gracilis by me (Calder 1991a) from Bermuda is referable to
the same species. A phylogenetic analysis by Lindner et al. (2011) indicates that C. elsaeoswaldae is related
phylogenetically to C. hemisphaerica (Linnaeus, 1758) and to several species resembling C. gracilis.
Clytia elsaeoswaldae is distinguished in part by the following combination of characters: (1) colonies are
stolonal, or erect with monosiphonic and dichotomously branched hydrocauli; (2) hydrothecae have about 9–14
cusps that are usually inclined to the right when viewed laterally; (3) gonothecae tend to arise from the hydrorhiza,
and have smooth to slightly undulated walls (Lindner et al. 2011).
The hydroid examined here was growing as an epizoite on a stem of Eudendrium carneum Clarke, 1882. Its
stolons were entangled with those of a colony of C. linearis (Thornely, 1900), discussed below.
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 55
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Bermuda (Calder 1991a, as Clytia gracilis) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted), and
including the Caribbean Sea (Stechow 1914).
Clytia linearis (Thornely, 1900)
Fig. 15f
Obelia linearis Thornely, 1900: 453, pl. 44, fig. 6.
Type locality. Papua New Guinea: New Britain, Blanche Bay (Thornely 1900).
Voucher material. Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°10.7’N, 80°02.7’W, on Eudendrium carneum, 23 m, vii.1975,
Johnson-Sea-Link, JSL 274, fragments of one colony, up to 9 mm high, without gonophores, coll. T. Askew,
ROMIZ B3983.
Remarks. Comments are warranted on nomenclature of Clytia linearis (Thornely, 1900). Leloup (1935)
referred Obelia fragilis Calkins, 1899 and Clytia fragilis Congdon, 1907 to the genus Laomedea Lamouroux, 1812.
To remove supposed homonymy between the two when thus assigned, he proposed C. tottoni as a substitute name
for Congdon’s species. However, no homonymy currently exists because the two species are now assigned once
again to Obelia Péron & Lesueur, 1810 and Clytia Lamouroux, 1812, respectively, where they are considered
synonyms of other species (Cairns et al. 2002). In being a replacement name for C. fragilis Congdon, 1907, the
name C. tottoni Leloup, 1935 is by definition a junior objective synonym of it, having the same name-bearing type
(ICZN Art. 67.8, 72.7). In turn, both binomena are considered here to be junior subjective synonyms of C. linearis,
as discussed earlier (Calder, 1991a). If Atlantic and Pacific populations are ever shown to be different species,
however, the name C. fragilis will need to be resurrected for the former.
It is improbable that Leloup’s (1935) species, discussed under the name Laomedea tottoni, is the same as
Congdon’s Clytia fragilis, i.e., I believe he misidentified his hydroid. Indeed, it seems much more like C. laxa
Fraser, 1937b in lacking the prominent pleat extending down from each marginal cusp and in being polysiphonic
rather than monosiphonic (or even partly stolonal). Hydroids from Guadeloupe recently described by Galea (2010)
as Clytia tottoni also resemble C. laxa. In summary, the binomen C. tottoni is a junior objective synonym of C.
fragilis (considered here a junior synonym of C. linearis), while Leloup’s C. tottoni was in fact a different species,
likely identical to C. laxa. Hydroids reported as C. laxa by Nelson et al. (1994) from artificial reefs off Vero Beach,
Florida, are assumed here to have been correctly identified and not based on C. linearis.
Discussion of C. linearis, based on material from Bermuda (type locality of C. fragilis), is given in an earlier
work (Calder 1991a). Lindner & Migotto (2002) provided additional information on the species, including
development of its medusa stage.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Cape Hatteras (Nutting 1915, as Clytia fragilis Congdon, 1907) to Brazil (Oliveira et al.
submitted), including Bermuda (Calder 1991a), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea
(Calder & Kirkendale 2005).
Elsewhere. Circumglobal in shallow warm waters (Lindner & Migotto 2002).
Clytia noliformis (McCrady, 1859)
Fig. 16a, b
Campanularia noliformis McCrady, 1859: 194, pl. 11, fig. 4.
Type locality. Bermuda: Castle Harbour, on a dead octocoral (International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature 2002); based on a neotype.
Voucher material. Fort Pierce, Fort Pierce Inlet State Park, 27°28’29.5”N, 80°17’25.8”W, on stranded
Sargassum natans, 14.vii.2012, 28° C, 35‰, collected manually, two colonies, with gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder,
ROMIZ B3984.
CALDER
56 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
FIGURE 16. a, Clytia noliformis: hydrotheca and distal part of pedicel, ROMIZ B3984, scale equals 0.10 mm. b, Clytia
noliformis: gonotheca, ROMIZ B3984, scale equals 0.10 mm. c, Clytia paulensis: part of colony with hydrotheca and pedicel,
ROMIZ B1103, scale equals 0.20 mm. d, Clytia paulensis: hydrotheca and distal part of pedicel, ROMIZ B1103, scale equals
0.10 mm. e, Obelia geniculata: part of hydrocaulus with three hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1119, scale equals 0.25 mm. f, Obelia
hyalina: part of colony with three hydrothecae, ROMIZ B3985, scale equals 0.25 mm. g, Obelia oxydentata: part of colony
with three hydrothecae, ROMIZ B1112, scale equals 0.25 mm.
Remarks. The hydroid species recorded here, widely known for a century as Clytia noliformis (McCrady,
1859), has been objectively defined recently by a neotype (International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature
2002). Evidence had arisen that the binomen C. noliformis was likely applied by McCrady (1859) to a different
species (Calder 1991a; Lindner & Calder 2000), more closely resembling C. hemisphaerica (Linnaeus, 1767). A
neotype was therefore needed to conserve prevailing usage of the name. McCrady’s hydrozoan types (including
any of C. noliformis) are believed to have been destroyed during the American Civil War (Stephens & Calder
1992).
Clytia noliformis is an abundant epibiont on pelagic Sargassum, and especially so on S. natans (Burkenroad, in
Parr 1939; Calder 1995). Colonies grow quickly outwards onto new phylloids (leaflets) and bladders of these
fucoids, and are least abundant on the oldest and innermost parts of the thalli (Ryland 1974). Niermann (1986)
reported that C. noliformis was more prevalent on S. natans north of a thermal front in the Sargasso Sea than south
of it. The difference was attributed to greater water stratification in the south and to a lower nutrient supply,
resulting in less food (nannoplankton) for the hydroid.
A combination of morphological characters can be used to distinguish Clytia noliformis from its congeners
(colonies stolonal; hydrothecae about equal in height and breadth at the margin; marginal cusps triangular; basal
chambers of hydrothecae shallow; subhydrothecal spherule present; coenosarc and hydranths yellowish), and
merotrichous isorhiza nematocysts are diagnostic (Lindner & Migotto 2001, 2002). As for gonothecae, they are
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 57
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
urn-shaped, arise from the hydrorhiza, have walls that are slightly undulated and cylindrical to laterally
compressed, and the distal end bears a tubular neck (Calder 1991a). The cnidome of C. noliformis includes
microbasic b-mastigophores as well as merotrichous isorhizas.
The life cycle of C. noliformis has been followed in the laboratory from hydroid to adult medusa stages
(Lindner & Migotto 2002). A detailed taxonomic account of the species has been given earlier (Calder 1991a).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Nova Scotia, on Sargassum (Fraser 1918), to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted), and including
Bermuda (Calder 1991a), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Vervoort 1968, as
Campanularia (Clytia) noliformis).
Elsewhere. Sargasso Sea (Niermann 1986); warm waters of the eastern Atlantic (Rees & White 1966; Wirtz
2007) including the Mediterranean Sea (Faucci & Boero 2000), Indian Ocean (Mammen 1965), western Pacific
(Kirkendale & Calder 2003), and eastern Pacific (Fraser 1948).
Clytia paulensis (Vanhöffen, 1910)
Fig. 16c, d
Campanularia paulensis Vanhöffen, 1910: 298, fig. 19a, b.
Type locality. Île Saint-Paul, crater basin, shallow water (Vanhöffen 1910).
Voucher material. Off St. Lucie Inlet, 27°10.8’N, 80°00.8’W, 44 m, 03.ii.1977, Johnson-Sea-Link, diver
lockout, JSL 2161, two colonies, up to 2 mm high, without gonophores, coll. F. Stanton, ROMIZ B1103.
Remarks. Although Clytia paulensis (Vanhöffen, 1910) is distinctive, presumably widespread, and now quite
frequently reported (see synonymy list in Medel & Vervoort 2000), it was not described until the early twentieth
century. Also surprising given its ubiquity is its remote type locality, a small volcanic island in the southern Indian
Ocean. Fraser (1937a, 1944, 1946, 1948) did not mention it from the Americas, although Clytia longitheca (Fraser
1914) from the west coast is considered a synonym (Schuchert 2012). It has now been reported from both Atlantic
and Pacific coasts of the American continents (Cairns et al. 2002; Oliveira et al. submitted).
Recent taxonomic accounts of C. paulensis include those of Medel & Vervoort (2000) and Peña Cantero &
García Carrascosa (2002); the latter authors add notes on ecology of the species.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Chesapeake Bay (Calder 1971) to Brazil (Oliveira et al. submitted), and from Challenger
Bank near Bermuda (Calder 2000), the Gulf of Mexico (Calder & Cairns 2009), and the Caribbean Sea (Calder &
Kirkendale 2005).
Elsewhere. Considered to be almost circumglobal in temperate and tropical waters (Cornelius 1995b; Ramil et
al. 1998; Medel & Vervoort 2000; Peña Cantero & García Carrascosa 2002).
Subfamily Obeliinae Haeckel, 1879
Obelia geniculata (Linnaeus, 1758)
Fig. 16e
Sertularia geniculata Linnaeus, 1758: 812.
Type locality. UK: Dover. According to Cornelius (1975), Linnaeus (1758) is likely to have established this
species based on an illustration of material from Dover, England, by Ellis (1755).
Voucher material. Off Fort Pierce, between Capron Shoal and the beach, on Thyroscyphus ramosus,
09.v.1974, SCUBA, two colonies, up to 7 mm high, with one empty gonotheca, coll. D. Biggs and D. Mook,
ROMIZ B1073.—Hutchinson Island, Walton Rocks area, 27°20’19”N, 80°13’59”W, on algae, 17.ii.1991, collected
manually, one colony, up to 5 mm high, with gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B1107.—Fort Pierce Inlet,
north jetty, north side, 27°28’24.2”N, 80°17’20.3”W, on Thyroscyphus ramosus, 0.1 m, 15.ii.1991, 20° C, collected
manually, two colonies, up to 8 mm high, with gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B1115.—Sebastian Inlet,
CALDER
58 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
27°51’43”N, 80°26’47”W, washed ashore on Sargassum, 19.ii.1991, collected manually, one colony, up to 5 mm
high, without gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B1119.
Remarks. While often thought to be virtually cosmopolitan in shallow waters, molecular studies
(Govindarajan et al. 2005) suggest the existence of cryptic species in hydroids of the Obelia geniculata (Linnaeus,
1758) morphotype. Moreover, the reported latitudinal distribution of O. geniculata, from the subarctic to the
tropics, also appears to be exceptionally wide for a single species. Within that geographic range, local
morphological variants have been noted. In one example, populations from Chesapeake Bay lack the usual
asymmetrical development of perisarc on internodes of the hydrocaulus (Calder 1971), considered characteristic of
the species (Cornelius 1995b). Hydroids from Florida examined here had the typical asymmetric thickening of
perisarc on stem internodes beneath the distal hydrotheca on each, but colonies appeared to be stunted compared
with those from boreal waters of the western and eastern North Atlantic (Calder 1975, 2012).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. First record.
Western Atlantic. Hudson Strait (Fraser 1944) to Argentina (Oliveira et al. submitted), and from the Gulf of
Mexico (Joyce 1961; Calder & Cairns 2009) and Caribbean Sea (Vervoort 1968, as Laomedea (Obelia)
geniculata).
Elsewhere. Considered essentially cosmopolitan in neritic waters (Vervoort & Watson 2003).
Obelia hyalina Clarke, 1879
Fig. 16f
Obelia hyalina Clarke, 1879: 241, pl. 4, fig. 21.—Fraser, 1944: 160.
Type locality. Mexico: “Ten miles (16 km) north of Zoblos Island” (= Isla Holbox) (Clarke 1879).
Voucher material. Fort Pierce, Fort Pierce Inlet State Park, 27°28’29.5”N, 80°17’25.8”W, on stranded
Sargassum fluitans, 14.vii.2012, 28° C, 35‰, collected manually, one colony, 7 mm high, without gonophores,
coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B3985.
Remarks. The species originally regarded as Obelia hyalina Clarke, 1879 was generally considered valid for
more than half of the 20th century, as reflected in works such as those of Stechow (1912), Nutting (1915), Fraser
(1944), Deevey (1950), Rees & Thursfield (1965), and Vervoort (1968, as O. congdoni). Over the most recent 4–5
decades, however, it has been widely regarded as conspecific with O. dichotoma (Linnaeus, 1758). Evidence is
now apparent from life cycle, nematocyst, and molecular studies that lumping in hydroid taxonomy during that
period was excessive, including within the genus Obelia Péron & Lesueur, 1810. This species has traditionally
been distinguished from O. dichotoma in having hydrocauli that are monosiphonic and relatively little branched,
and hydrothecal margins that are entire and not plicated (Nutting 1915; Fraser 1944). Accordingly, Obelia hyalina
is once again recognized as valid in this work. Colonies are usually much smaller in size (usually 15–20 mm) than
those of O. dichotoma (as much as 50–350 mm) as described by Cornelius (1995b). It is also a species of tropical
and warm-temperate rather than of boreal and mostly cool-temperate regions, where O. dichotoma was originally
found.
Clarke (1879), in the original account of O. hyalina, made no mention of either substrate or depth of collection.
Many subsequent records of the species have been based on specimens from Sargassum (e.g., Nutting 1895, 1915;
Versluys 1899; Fraser 1912b, 1918, 1943, 1944; Broch 1913, as Laomedea sargassi; Bennitt 1922; Leloup 1935,
1937, as L. sargassi; Rees & Thursfield 1965), the substrate of colonies examined here. It appears that the common
species of Obelia on pelagic Sargassum in the North Atlantic is O. hyalina, and gulfweed would be of common
occurrence at its type locality in the southern Gulf of Mexico. Obelia hyalina is found on both Sargassum natans
and S. fluitans, and it is one of the most frequent hydroid species on those holopelagic fucoids (Calder 1995, as O.
dichotoma).
The name Laomedea sargassi Broch, 1913 has sometimes been applied to this species (e.g., Leloup, 1935,
1937). Broch (1913) had considered both Obelia hyalina Clarke 1879 and Gonothyraea hyalina Hincks, 1866
referable to genus Laomedea Lamouroux, 1812, and proposed L. sargassi as a replacement name for the supposed
junior homonym. No homonymy currently exists because the two species are again referred to different genera, and
the binomen L. sargassi is an invalid junior objective synonym of O. hyalina. Somewhat less certain is the identity
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 59
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
of Obelia congdoni Hargitt, 1909. It was described from material found on Sargassum in the Woods Hole region,
Massachusetts. Hargitt (1909) had considered it identical with material that Congdon (1907) had identified as O.
hyalina from Bermuda, but he believed both his hydroids and those of Congdon were different from Clarke’s
(1879) species. The origins of branches were thought to differ, gonothecae were said to be large with a terminal
neck instead of small and rounded distally, and colonies were larger (20–30 mm instead of 12 mm high). Nutting
(1915), Fraser (1944), and Vervoort (1968) are probably correct that O. congdoni and O. hyalina are conspecific.
According to Clarke (1879), Obelia hyalina was obtained north of “Zoblos Island,” which I have been unable
to locate. Nutting (1900: 91) gave coordinates of “lat.N.24°8’, long.W.28°51’” for a station said to be 10 miles
north of Zoblos Island, but that is in the eastern North Atlantic off the coast of Africa. In a narrative of cruises
including the one during which Clarke’s material was collected, Alexander Agassiz made no mention of “Zoblos”
Island. However, one of the transects surveyed during the work extended from “...the north side of the Yucatan
Bank to Alacran Reef, and from there in a south-east direction into 20 fathoms off the Joblos Islands...” (A. Agassiz
1888: ix). Isla Holbox (roughly pronounced “hole-bosch”), at the northeastern tip of the Yucatan Peninsula,
Mexico, corresponds with Agassiz’s account and is taken to be the site. The station off “Zoblos Island” (Isla
Holbox) is the type locality of three other nominal species (Eudendrium distichum, Campanularia coronata,
Nematophorus grandis) of hydroids described by Clarke (1879).
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Straits of Florida (Fraser 1944).
Western Atlantic. Gulf Stream east of Nova Scotia, on Sargassum (Fraser 1918), to Brazil (Vannucci 1949),
and including the Sargasso Sea (Leloup 1937, as Laomedea sargassi), the Caribbean Sea (Leloup 1935, as L.
sargassi), and the Gulf of Mexico (Fraser 1944).
Elsewhere. Eastern Atlantic (Rees & White 1966); questionable records exist from the tropical eastern Pacific
(Fraser 1948) and Indian Ocean (Thornely 1904).
Obelia oxydentata Stechow, 1914
Fig. 16g
Obelia(?) oxydentata Stechow, 1914: 131, fig. 7.
Obelia oxydentata.—Weiss, 1948: 158.
Type locality. Virgin Islands: St. Thomas, Charlotte Amalie (Stechow 1914).
Voucher material. Fort Pierce, ship canal at Link Port, 27°32’05”N, 80°20’50”W, 0.1 m, 17.ii.1991, on prop
roots of Rhizophora mangle, 15° C, 22‰, collected by snorkeling, several colony fragments, up to 9 mm high,
without gonophores, coll. D.R. Calder, ROMIZ B1112.
Remarks. Specimens referred here to Obelia oxydentata Stechow, 1914 were all small (<1 cm high) with
monosiphonic hydrocauli. Hydroids with the same characters have been reported elsewhere from shallow waters of
the tropical and subtropical western Atlantic as O. bidentata Clark, 1875 (e.g., Bermuda: Calder 1991a; Brazil:
Migotto 1996; Guadeloupe: Galea 2010). Such specimens contrast with the original descriptions of O. bidentata
(colonies polysiphonic and up to 15 cm high) and its subjective synonym O. bicuspidata Clark 1875 (colonies
polysiphonic and up to 8 cm high), both from temperate waters in the Long Island Sound area. While I earlier
considered O. oxydentata to be conspecific with O. bidentata (e.g., Calder 1991a), it appears to be a different
species. Obelia longicyatha Allman, 1877 from 90 fathoms (165 m) off Florida Reef, with small (< 2.5 cm) but
partly polysiphonic colonies, has also been regarded in many recent works as conspecific with O. bidentata.
Comparisons are warranted to determine whether the supposedly shallow-water O. oxydentata is identical with it.
Reported distribution. Atlantic coast of Florida. Biscayne Bay (Weiss 1948).
Western Atlantic. Florida (this report) to Brazil (Vannucci Mendes 1946), and including the Caribbean Sea
(Stechow 1914; Fraser, 1944). Its range will likely prove to be much more extensive once it can be reliably
distinguished from Obelia bidentata Clark 1875.
Elsewhere. Tropical eastern Pacific (Stechow 1914).
CALDER
60 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Acknowledgements
For help and hospitality during my 1991 visit to the Harbor Branch Oceanographic Institution, Fort Pierce, Florida,
I sincerely thank Paula Mikkelsen, then a staff member at HBOI. I am also grateful to Paul Humann for providing
specimens of several species reported herein. Jeanette Watson of Melbourne, Australia, provided a PDF copy of a
paper in the Geelong Naturalist that was otherwise inaccessible to me. Appreciation is extended to Alvaro Migotto
and an anonymous reviewer for constructive comments on an earlier version of this work, and to Allen Collins for
seeing it through the editorial process. Financial support for my work at HBOI was provided by the Royal Ontario
Museum (ROM).
References
Adams, J.A. (1960) A contribution to the biology and postlarval development of the Sargassum fish, Histrio histrio (Linnaeus),
with a discussion of the Sargassum complex. Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, 10, 55–82.
Agassiz, A. (1865) Illustrated catalogue of the Museum of Comparative Zoölogy, at Harvard College. No. II. North American
Acalephae. Sever & Francis, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 234 pp.
Agassiz, A. (1883) Exploration of the surface fauna of the Gulf Stream under the auspices of the Coast Survey. III. Part I. The
Porpitidae and Velellidae. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoölogy at Harvard College, 8 (2), 1–16.
Agassiz, A. (1888) Three cruises of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey Steamer “Blake” in the Gulf of Mexico, in the
Caribbean Sea, and along the Atlantic coast of the United States, from 1877 to 1880. Volume I. Bulletin of the Museum of
Comparative Zoölogy at Harvard College, 14, 1–314.
Agassiz, L. (1860) Contributions to the natural history of the United States of America. Vol. III. Little, Brown, Boston, 301 pp.
Agassiz, L. (1862) Contributions to the natural history of the United States of America. Vol. IV. Little, Brown, Boston, 380 pp.
Alder, J. (1856) A notice of some new genera and species of British hydroid zoophytes. Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, series 2, 18, 353–362.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00222935608697652
Alder, J. (1859) Descriptions of three new species of sertularian zoophytes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 3,
3, 353–356.
Allman, G.J. (1872) A monograph of the gymnoblastic or tubularian hydroids. Conclusion of Part I, and Part II, containing
descriptions of the genera and species of the Gymnoblastea. Ray Society, London, pp. 155–450.
Allman, G.J. (1874) Report on the Hydroida collected during the expeditions of H.M.S. ‘Porcupine.’ Transactions of the
Zoological Society of London, 8, 469–481.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1096-3642.1874.tb00566.x
Allman, G.J. (1876) Diagnoses of new genera and species of Hydroida. Journal of the Linnean Society, Zoology, 12, 251–284.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1096-3642.1876.tb00682.x
Allman, G.J. (1877) Report on the Hydroida collected during the exploration of the Gulf Stream by L.F. de Pourtalès, assistant
United States Coast Survey. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoölogy at Harvard College, 5 (2), 1–66.
Allman, G.J. (1888) Report on the Hydroida dredged by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873–76. Part II.—The
Tubularinae, Corymorphinae, Campanularinae, Sertularinae, and Thalamophora. Report on the Scientific Results of the
Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873–76, Zoology, 23, 1–90.
Altuna Prados, Á. (1994) Observaciones biogeográficas sobre los cnidarios benthónicos de la costa Vasca. Kobie, Serie
Ciencias Naturales, 22, 41–57.
Altuna Prados, Á. (1996) Hebella scandens (Bale 1888) (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa) en la Costa Vasca; una experiencia de cultivo
con descripción de la fase medusa. Thalassas, 12, 53–61.
Altuna Prados, Á. (2007) Bathymetric distribution patterns and biodiversity of benthic Medusozoa (Cnidaria) in the Bay of
Biscay (north-eastern Atlantic). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 87, 681–694.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/S0025315407055920
Ansín Agís, J., Ramil, F. & Vervoort, W. (2001) Atlantic Leptolida (Hydrozoa, Cnidaria) of the families Aglaopheniidae,
Halopterididae, Kirchenpaueriidae and Plumulariidae collected during the CANCAP and Mauritania-II expeditions of the
National Museum of Natural History, Leiden, the Netherlands. Zoologische Verhandelingen, 333, 1–268.
Ayres, W.O. (1854) A description of a new species of polyp from Long Island, allied to Tubularia, under the name of Globiceps
tiarella Ayres. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, 4, 193–195.
Bale, W.M. (1882) On the Hydroida of south-eastern Australia, with descriptions of supposed new species, and notes on the
genus Aglaophenia. Journal of the Microscopical Society of Victoria, 2, 15–48.
Bale, W.M. (1884) Catalogue of the Australian hydroid zoophytes. Australian Museum, Sydney, 198 pp.
Bale, W.M. (1888) On some new and rare Hydroida in the Australian Museum collection. Proceedings of the Linnean Society
of New South Wales, 2nd series, 3, 745–799.
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 61
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Bale, W.M. (1913) Further notes on Australian hydroids.—II. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, new series, 26, 114–
147.
Bandel, K. & Wedler, E. (1987) Hydroid, amphineuran and gastropod zonation in the littoral of the Caribbean Sea, Colombia.
Senckenbergiana Maritima, 19, 1–129.
Bayer, F.M. (1963) Observations on pelagic mollusks associated with the siphonophores Velella and Physalia. Bulletin of
Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, 13, 454–466.
Bedot, M. (1914) Nouvelles notes sur les hydroïdes de Roscoff. Archives de Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale, 54, 79–98.
Bedot, M. (1921) Hydroïdes provenant des campagnes des yachts Hirondelle et Princesse-Alice (1887 à 1912). I. Plumularidae.
Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques Accomplies sur son Yacht par Albert Ier, Prince Souverain de Monaco, 60, 1–73.
Bedot, M. (1925) Matériaux pour servir à l’histoire des hydroïdes. 7me période (1901 à 1910). Revue Suisse de Zoologie,
Fascicule Supplémentaire, 32, 1–657.
Bennitt, R. (1922) Additions to the hydroid fauna of the Bermudas. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences, 57, 241–259.
http://dx.doi.org/10.2307/20025913
Billard, A. (1906) Hydroïdes. Expéditions Scientifiques du Travailleur et du Talisman pendant les Années1880, 1881, 1882,
1883, 1906, 153–243.
Billard, A. (1909) Revision des espèces types d’hydroïdes de la collection Lamouroux conservée à l’Institut Botanique de
Caen. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 9e série, Zoologie, 9, 307–336.
Billard, A. (1918) Notes sur quelques espèces d’hydroïdes de l’expédition du “Siboga.” Archives de Zoologie Expérimentale et
Générale, Notes et Revue 2, 57, 21–27.
Billard, A. (1925) Les hydroïdes de l’expédition du Siboga. II. Synthecidae et Sertularidae. Siboga-Expeditie, Monographie,
7b, 115–232.
Billard, A. (1927) Question de synonymie (Sertularia turbinata, S. loculosa, S. ligulata). Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de
France, 51, 512–513.
Billard, A. (1929) Note sur un genre nouveau et quelques espèces nouvelles d’Halecidae. Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de
France, 54, 305–307.
Billard, A. (1934) Note sur quelques hydroïdes du Maroc. Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France, 59, 227–231.
Blainville, H.M.D. de (1830) Zoophytes, Zoophyta. In: Levrault, F.G. (Ed.), Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles...par plusiers
professeurs du Jardin du Roi, et des principales écoles de Paris. Tome 60. Le Normant, Paris, 548 pp.
Blainville, H.M.D. de (1834) Manuel d’actinologie ou de zoophytologie. Levrault, Paris, 694 pp.
Boero, F. (1980) Hebella parasitica (Cnidaria, Hydroida): a thecate polyp producing an anthomedusa. Marine Biology, 59,
133–136.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/bf00396859
Boero, F., Bouillon, J. & Gravili, C. (2000) A survey of Zanclea, Halocoryne and Zanclella (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa,
Anthomedusae, Zancleidae) with description of new species. Italian Journal of Zoology, 67, 93–124.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/11250000009356301
Boero, F., Bouillon, J. & Kubota, S. (1997) The medusae of some species of Hebella Allman, 1888, and Anthohebella gen. nov.
(Cnidaria, Hydrozoa, Lafoeidae), with a world synopsis of species. Zoologische Verhandelingen, 310, 1–53.
Bogle, M.A. (1975) A review and preliminary revision of the Aglaopheniinae (Hydroida: Plumulariidae) of the tropical western
Atlantic. M.S. Thesis, University of Miami, Coral Gables, 1–307.
Bosc, L.A.G. (1797) Description des objets nouveaux d’histoire naturelle, trouvés dans une traversée de Bordeaux à Charles-
Tow n. Bulletin des Sciences, par la Société Philomathique de Paris, 2, 9–10.
Bosc, L.A.G. (1802) Histoire naturelle des vers, contenant leur description et leurs mœurs; avec figures dessinées d’après
nature. Tome 3. Guilleminet, Paris, 270 pp.
Bouillon, J., Gravili, C., Pagès, F., Gili, J.-M. & Boero, F. (2006) An introduction to Hydrozoa. moires du Muséum National
d’Histoire Naturelle, 194, 1–591.
Bouillon, J., Wouters, K. & Boero, F. (1992) Etude des Solanderiidae de la Baie de Hansa (Papouasie Nouvelle–Guinée) avec
une révision du genre Solanderia (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa). Bulletin de l’Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique,
Biologie, 62, 5–33.
Bourmaud, C. & Gravier-Bonnet, N. (2004) Medusoid release and spawning of Macrorynchia philippina Kirchenpauer 1872
(Cnidaria, Hydrozoa, Aglaopheniidae). Hydrobiologia, 530–531, 365–372.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10750-004-2665-5
Briggs, J.C. (1974) Marine zoogeography. McGraw-Hill, New York, 475 pp.
Brinckmann-Voss, A. (1970) Anthomedusae/Athecatae (Hydrozoa, Cnidaria) of the Mediterranean. Part I. Capitata. Fauna e
Flora del Golfo di Napoli, Monografia, 39, 1–96.
Broch, H. (1910) Die Hydroiden der Arktischen Meere. Fauna Arctica, 5, 127–248.
Broch, H. (1913) Hydroida from the “Michael Sars” North Atlantic Deep-Sea Expedition 1910. Report on the Scientific
Results of the “Michael Sars” North Atlantic Deep Sea Expedition 1910, Zoology, 3 (1), 1–18.
Broch, H. (1933) Zur Kenntnis der Adriatischen Hydroidenfauna von Split. Arten und Variationen. Skrifter utgitt av det Norske
Videnskaps-Akademi i Oslo, I. Matematisk-Naturvidenskapelig Klasse, 1933 (4), 1–115.
CALDER
62 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Brooks, W.K. (1883) List of medusae found at Beaufort, N.C., during the summers of 1880 and 1881. Studies from the
Biological Laboratory, Johns Hopkins University, 2, 135–146.
Buchanan, J.B. (1957) The hydroid fauna of the Gold Coast. Revue de Zoologie et de Botanique Africaines, 56, 349–372.
Busk, G. (1852) Appendix IV. An account of the Polyzoa, and sertularian zoophytes, collected in the voyage of the Rattlesnake,
on the coasts of Australia and the Louisiade Archipelago, &c. In: Macgillivray, J. (Ed.), Narrative of the voyage of H.M.S.
Rattlesnake, commanded by the late Captain Owen Stanley, R.N., F.R.S. &c., during the years 1846–1850. Vol. 1. T. & W.
Boone, London, pp. 343–402.
Busk, G. (1857) Zoophytology. Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, 5, 172–174.
Cain, T.D. (1972) Additional epifauna of a reef off North Carolina. Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, 88, 79–82.
Cairns, S.D., Calder, D.R., Brinckmann-Voss, A., Castro, C.B., Fautin, D.G., Pugh, P.R., Mills, C.E., Jaap, W.C., Arai, M.N.,
Haddock, S.H.D. & Opresko, D.M. (2002) Common and scientific names of aquatic invertebrates from the United States
and Canada: Cnidaria and Ctenophora. Second Edition. American Fisheries Society Special Publication, 28, 115 pp.
Calder, D.R. (1971) Hydroids and hydromedusae of southern Chesapeake Bay. Virginia Institute of Marine Science, Special
Papers in Marine Science, 1, 1–125.
Calder, D.R. (1975) Biotic Census of Cape Cod Bay: hydroids. Biological Bulletin, 149, 287–315.
http://dx.doi.org/10.2307/1540528
Calder, D.R. (1983) Hydroida from estuaries of South Carolina, USA: families Sertulariidae and Plumulariidae. Proceedings of
the Biological Society of Washington, 96, 7–28.
Calder, D.R. (1986) Class Hydrozoa. In: Sterrer, W. (Ed.), Marine fauna and flora of Bermuda: a systematic guide to the
identification of marine organisms. Wiley-Interscience, New York, pp. 127–155.
Calder, D.R. (1988) Shallow-water hydroids of Bermuda: the Athecatae. Royal Ontario Museum, Life Sciences Contributions,
148, 1–107.
Calder, D.R. (1990) Seasonal cycles of activity and inactivity in some hydroids from Virginia and South Carolina, U.S.A.
Canadian Journal of Zoology, 68, 442–450.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1139/z90-065
Calder, D.R. (1991a) Shallow-water hydroids of Bermuda. The Thecatae, exclusive of Plumularioidea. Royal Ontario Museum,
Life Sciences Contributions, 154, 1–140.
Calder, D.R. (1991b) Abundance and distribution of hydroids in a mangrove ecosystem at Twin Cays, Belize, Central America.
Hydrobiologia, 216/217, 221–228.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF00026466
Calder, D.R. (1991c) Associations between hydroid species assemblages and substrate types in the mangal at Twin Cays,
Belize. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 69, 2067–2074.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1139/z91-288
Calder, D.R. (1991d) Vertical zonation of the hydroid Dynamena crisioides (Hydrozoa, Sertulariidae) in a mangrove ecosystem
at Twin Cays, Belize. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 69, 2993–2999.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1139/z91-422
Calder, D.R. (1992) Similarity analysis of hydroid assemblages along a latitudinal gradient in the western North Atlantic.
Canadian Journal of Zoology, 70, 1078–1085.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1139/z92-151
Calder, D.R. (1993) Local distribution and biogeography of the hydroids (Cnidaria) of Bermuda. Caribbean Journal of Science,
29, 61–74.
Calder, D.R. (1995) Hydroid assemblages on holopelagic Sargassum from the Sargasso Sea at Bermuda. Bulletin of Marine
Science, 56, 537–546.
Calder, D.R. (1997) Shallow-water hydroids of Bermuda: superfamily Plumularioidea. Royal Ontario Museum, Life Sciences
Contributions, 161, 1–85.
Calder, D.R. (1998) Hydroid diversity and species composition along a gradient from shallow waters to deep sea around
Bermuda. Deep-Sea Research I, 45, 1843–1860.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0967-0637(98)00044-2
Calder, D.R. (2000) Assemblages of hydroids (Cnidaria) from three seamounts near Bermuda in the western North Atlantic.
Deep-Sea Research I, 47, 1125–1139.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0967-0637(99)00093-X
Calder, D.R. (2010) Some anthoathecate hydroids and limnopolyps (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa) from the Hawaiian archipelago.
Zootaxa, 2590, 1–91.
Calder, D.R. (2012) On a collection of hydroids (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa, Hydroidolina) from the west coast of Sweden, with a
checklist of species from the region. Zootaxa, 3171, 1–77.
Calder, D.R. & Cairns, S.D. (2009) Hydroids (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) of the Gulf of Mexico. In: Felder, D.L. & Camp, D.K.
(Eds.), Gulf of Mexico. Origin, waters, and biota. Vol. 1. Biodiversity. Texas A&M University Press, College Station, pp.
381–394.
Calder, D.R. & Hester, B.S. (1978) Phylum Cnidaria. In: Zingmark, R.G. (Ed.), An annotated checklist of the biota of the
coastal zone of South Carolina. University of South Carolina Press, Columbia, pp. 87–93.
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 63
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Calder, D.R. & Kirkendale, L. (2005) Hydroids (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa) from shallow-water environments along the Caribbean
Coast of Panama. Caribbean Journal of Science, 41, 476–491.
Calder, D.R., Mallinson, J.J., Collins, K. & Hickman, C.P. (2003) Additions to the hydroids (Cnidaria) of the Galápagos, with a
list of species reported from the islands. Journal of Natural History, 37, 1173–1218.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00222930110116039
Calder, D.R. & Vervoort, W. (1986) Plicatotheca anitae, a new genus and species of thecate hydroid from Bermuda and South
Africa. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 64, 2021–2023.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1139/z86-305
Calder, D.R., Vervoort, W. & Hochberg, E. (2009) Lectotype designations of new species of hydroids (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa),
described by C.M. Fraser, from Allan Hancock Pacific and Caribbean Sea Expeditions. Zoologische Mededelingen, 83,
919–1058.
Calkins, G.N. (1899) Some hydroids from Puget Sound. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, 28, 333–368.
Castellanos Iglesias, S., Varela, C., Ortiz Toucet, M. & Orozco, M.V. (2011) Los hidrozoos (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa) de la Cayería
sur del Golfo de Batabanó, Cuba. Revista Ciencias Marinas y Costeras, 3, 9–29.
Cavolini, F. (1785) Memorie per servire alla storia de’ polipi marini. Napoli, 279 pp.
Ciamician, J. (1880) Ueber Lafoea parasitica n. sp. Zeitschrift für Wissenschaftliche Zoologie, 33, 673–676.
Clark, K.B. & Goetzfried, A. (1976) Lomanotus stauberi, a new dendronotacean nudibranch from central Florida (Mollusca:
Opisthobranchia). Bulletin of Marine Science, 26, 474–478.
Clark, S.F. (1875) Descriptions of new and rare species of hydroids from the New England coast. Transactions of the
Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, 3, 58–66.
Clarke, S.F. (1879) Report on the Hydroida collected during the exploration of the Gulf Stream and Gulf of Mexico by
Alexander Agassiz, 1877–78. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoölogy at Harvard College, 5, 239–252.
Clarke, S.F. (1882) New and interesting hydroids from Chesapeake Bay. Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History, 3,
135–142.
Clarke, S.F. (1907) Reports on the scientific results of the expedition to the eastern tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander
Agassiz, by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer “Albatross,” from October, 1904, to March, 1905, Lieut.-Commander L.
M. Garrett, U.S.N., commanding. VIII. The hydroids. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoölogy at Harvard
College, 35, 1–18.
Cockerell, T.D.A. (1911) The nomenclature of the hydromedusae. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 24, 77–
86.
Collins, A.G. (2000) Towards understanding the phylogenetic history of Hydrozoa: hypothesis testing with 18S gene sequence
data. Scientia Marina, 64 (Suplemento 1), 5–22.
Congdon, E.D. (1907) The hydroids of Bermuda. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, 42, 463–485.
http://dx.doi.org/10.2307/20022242
Cornelius, P.F.S. (1975) A revision of the species of Lafoeidae and Haleciidae (Coelenterata: Hydroida) recorded from Britain
and nearby seas. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Zoology, 28, 375–426.
Cornelius, P.F.S. (1992) Medusa loss in leptolid Hydrozoa (Cnidaria), hydroid rafting, and abbreviated life-cycles among their
remote-island faunae: an interim review. Scientia Marina, 56, 245–261.
Cornelius, P.F.S. (1995a) North-west European thecate hydroids and their medusae. Part 1. Introduction, Laodiceidae to
Haleciidae. Synopses of the British Fauna, new series, 50, 347 pp.
Cornelius, P.F.S. (1995b) North-west European thecate hydroids and their medusae. Part 2. Sertulariidae to Campanulariidae.
Synopses of the British Fauna, new series, 50, 386 pp.
Coughtrey, M. (1876) Critical notes on the New Zealand Hydroida, suborder Thecaphora. Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, series 4, 17, 22–32.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00222937608681891
Cummings, S.L. (1994) Colonization of a nearshore artificial reef at Boca Raton (Palm Beach County), Florida. Bulletin of
Marine Science, 55, 1193–1215.
Deevey, E.S. Jr. (1950) Hydroids from Louisiana and Texas, with remarks on the Pleistocene biogeography of the western Gulf
of Mexico. Ecology, 31, 334–367.
http://dx.doi.org/10.2307/1931490
Deevey, E.S. Jr. (1954) Hydroids of the Gulf of Mexico. Fishery Bulletin of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service, 55,
267–272.
Defenbaugh, R.E. (1972) The occurrence and distribution of hydroids in the Galveston Bay, Texas area. Texas Journal of
Science, 24, 387–388. [Abstract]
Defenbaugh, R.E. (1974) Hydroids. In: Bright, T.J. & Pequegnat, L.H. (Eds.), Biota of the West Flower Garden Bank. Gulf
Publishing Company, Houston, pp. 94–112.
Defenbaugh, R.E. & Hopkins, S.H. (1973) The occurrence and distribution of the hydroids of the Galveston Bay, Texas, area.
Texas A&M University, TAMU-SG-73-210, 202 pp.
Di Camillo, C.G., Bo, M., Puce, S. & Bavestrello, G. (2010) Association between Dentitheca habereri (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa)
and two zoanthids. Italian Journal of Zoology, 77, 81–91.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/11250000902740962
CALDER
64 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Duchassaing, P. & Michelin, H. (1846) Note sur deux polypiers de la famille des coraux, appartenant aux genres Solanderia et
Pterogorgia. Revue Zoologique, par la Société Cuvierienne, 9, 218–220.
Duerden, J.E. (1900) Jamaican Actiniaria. Part II.–Stichodactylinæ and Zoantheæ. Scientific Transactions of the Royal Dublin
Society, series 2, 7, 133–208.
Edwards, C. (1966) Velella velella (L.): the distribution of its dimorphic forms in the Atlantic Ocean and the Mediterranean,
with comments on its nature and affinities. In: Barnes, H. (Ed.), Some contemporary studies in marine science, 1966.
George Allen & Unwin, London, pp. 283–296.
Ellis, J. (1755) An essay towards a natural history of the corallines, and other marine productions of the like kind, commonly
found on the coasts of Great Britain and Ireland. Printed for the author, London, 104 pp.
Ellis, J. & Solander, D. (1786) The natural history of many curious and uncommon zoophytes, collected from various parts of
the globe by the late John Ellis… Systematically arranged and described by the late Daniel Solander. Benjamin White &
Son, and Peter Elmsly, London, 206 pp.
Eschscholtz, F. (1829) System der Acalephen. Eine ausfürliche Beschreibung aller medusenartigen Strahltiere. Ferdinand
Dümmler, Berlin, 190 pp.
Faucci, A. & Boero, F. (2000) Structure of an epiphytic hydroid community on Cystoseira at two sites of different wave
exposure. Scientia Marina, 64 (Suplemento 1), 255–264.
Felder, D.L., Camp, D.K. and Tunnell, J.W. Jr. (2009) An introduction to Gulf of Mexico biodiversity assessment. In: Felder,
D.L. & Camp, D.K. (Eds.), Gulf of Mexico origin, waters, and biota. Vol. 1. Biodiversity. Texas A&M University Press,
College Station, pp. 1–13.
Fewkes, J.W. (1881) Reports on the results of dredging, under the supervision of Alexander Agassiz, in the Caribbean Sea, in
1878, 1879, and along the Atlantic coast of the United States, during the summer of 1880, by the U.S. Coast Survey
Steamer "Blake," Commander J.R. Bartlett, U.S.N., commanding. XI. Report on the Acalephae. Bulletin of the Museum of
Comparative Zoölogy at Harvard College, 8, 127–140.
Fewkes, J.W. (1885) On a collection of medusae made by the United States Fish Commission Steamer Albatross in the
Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Mexico. Proceedings of the United States National Museum, 8, 397–402.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/11250000902740962
Fewkes, J.W. (1886) Report on the medusae collected by the U.S.F.C. steamer Albatross, in the region of the Gulf Stream, in
1883–’84. United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries, Report of the Commissioner for 1884, 12, 927–980.
Fleming, J. (1820) Observations on the natural history of the Sertularia gelatinosa of Pallas. Edinburgh Philosophical Journal,
2, 82–89.
Fontana, S., Keshavmurthy, S., Hsieh, H.J., Denis, V., Kuo, C.-Y., Hsu, C.-M., Leung, J.K.L., Tsai, W.-S., Wallace, C.C. &
Chen, C.A. (2012) Molecular evidence shows low species diversity of coral-associated hydroids in Acropora corals. PLoS
ONE, 7 (11), e50130.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0050130
Forbes, E. & Goodsir, J. (1853) On some remarkable marine Invertebrata new to the British seas. Transactions of the Royal
Society of Edinburgh, 20, 307–315.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/s0080456800033202
Francis, L. (1991) Sailing downwind: aerodynamic performance of the Velella sail. Journal of Experimental Biology, 158, 117–
132.
Fraser, C.M. (1912a) Notes on New England hydroids. Bulletin from the Laboratories of Natural History of the State University
of Iowa, 6, 39–48.
Fraser, C.M. (1912b) Some hydroids of Beaufort, North Carolina. Bulletin of the United States Bureau of Fisheries, 30, 339–
387.
Fraser, C.M. (1914) Some hydroids of the Vancouver Island region. Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, section 4,
series 3, 8, 99–216.
Fraser, C.M. (1918) Hydroids of eastern Canada. Contributions to Canadian Biology, 1917–1918, 329–367.
Fraser, C.M. (1925) Some new and some previously unreported hydroids, mainly from the Californian coast. University of
California Publications in Zoology, 28, 167–172.
Fraser, C.M. (1933) Hydroids as a food supply. Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, Series 3, Section 5, 27, 259–264.
Fraser, C.M. (1937a) Hydroids of the Pacific coast of Canada and the United States. University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 207
pp. [Note: a copy in the Gerstein Science Library at the University of Toronto is hand-dated in ink “14. 9. 37”.]
Fraser, C.M. (1937b) New species of hydroids from the Puerto Rican region. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, 91 (28),
1–7. [Note: published 10 November 1937.]
Fraser, C.M. (1938a) Hydroids of the 1934 Allan Hancock Pacific Expedition. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions, 4 (1), 1–
105.
Fraser, C.M. (1938b) Hydroids of the 1932, 1933, 1935, and 1938 Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions. Allan Hancock Pacific
Expeditions, 4 (3), 129–153.
Fraser, C.M. (1943) Distribution records of some hydroids in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoölogy at Harvard
College, with description of new genera and new species. Proceedings of the New England Zoölogical Club, 22, 75–98.
Fraser, C.M. (1944) Hydroids of the Atlantic coast of North America. University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 451 pp.
Fraser, C.M. (1946) Distribution and relationship in American hydroids. University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 464 pp.
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 65
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Fraser, C.M. (1947) Hydroids of the Allan Hancock Caribbean Sea Expedition. Allan Hancock Atlantic Expedition Report, 4,
1–24.
Fraser, C.M. (1948) Hydroids of the Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions since March, 1938. Allan Hancock Pacific
Expeditions, 4 (5), 179–335.
Galea, H.R. (2006) On two new species of Halopteris Allman, 1877 (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) from Chile. Zootaxa, 1165, 57–68.
Galea, H.R. (2008) On a collection of shallow-water hydroids (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) from Guadeloupe and Les Saintes, French
Lesser Antilles. Zootaxa, 1878, 1–54.
Galea, H.R. (2009) Hincksella brevitheca, a new species of hydroid (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa: Syntheciidae) from Cuba. Zootaxa,
2244, 60–68.
Galea, H.R. (2010) Additional shallow-water thecate hydroids (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) from Guadeloupe and Les Saintes, French
Lesser Antilles. Zootaxa, 2570, 1–40.
Galea, H.R., Ferry, R. & Bertot, J.-M. (2012) Medusoids in the life cycle of Dentitheca dendritica (Nutting, 1900) and
Nemalecium gracile sp. nov. (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa). Zootaxa, 3527, 43–54.
Gegenbaur, C. (1856) Versuch eines Systemes der Medusen, mit Beschreibung neuer oder wenig gekannter Formen; zugleich
ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Fauna des Mittelmeeres. Zeitschrift für Wissenschaftliche Zoologie, 8, 202–273. [Note: while
the Title Page of Volume 8 shows a publication date of 1857, “Inhalt des achten Bandes” two pages following reveals that
“Zweites Heft” containing Gegenbaur’s article was published 12 July 1856.]
Genzano, G.N. & Zamponi, M.O. (1999) Natural history of Bimeria vestita Wright, 1859 (Hydrozoa, Bougainvilliidae) in the
rocky intertal of Mar del Plata (Argentina). Ciencias Marinas, 25, 63–74.
Gili, J.-M., Vervoort, W. & Pagès, F. (1989) Hydroids from the West African coast: Guinea Bissau, Namibia and South Africa.
Scientia Marina, 53, 67–112.
Gmelin, J.F. (1791) Caroli a Linné, systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum
characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Editio decima tertia, aucta reformata. Tomus 1, Pars 6. G.E. Beer, Lipsiae, pp.
3021–4120.
Goldfuss, G.A. (1818) Ueber die Classification der Zoophyten. Isis oder Encyclopädische Zeitung von Oken, 1818, 1008–1013.
Goldfuss, G.A. (1820) Handbuch der Zoologie. I. Abtheilung. Johann Leonhard Schrag, Nürnberg, 696 pp.
Govindarajan, A.F., Halanych, K.M. & Cunningham, C.W. (2005) Mitochondrial evolution and phylogeography in the
hydrozoan Obelia geniculata (Cnidaria). Marine Biology, 146, 213–222.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00227-004-1434-3
Gravier, N. (1970) Libération de médusoides par Macrorhynchia philippina Kirchenpauer, 1872 (Hydroida, Plumulariidae).
Recueil des Travaux de la Station Marine d’Endoume, Fascicle Hors Série Supplément, 10, 253–257.
Grohmann, P.A., Nogueira, C.C. & Silva, V.M.A.P. da (2003) Hydroids (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa) collected on the continental shelf
of Brazil during the Geomar X Oceanographic Operation. Zootaxa, 299, 1–19.
Grohmann, P.A., Nogueira, C.C. & Silva, V.M.A.P. da (2011) Hydroids (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa) collected on the inner continental
shelf of the state of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, during the Oceanographic Operations GEOCOSTA RIO I and II. Biota
Neotropica, 11 (2), 1–9.
Hadži, J. (1913) Poredbena hidroidska istraživanja. I. Hebella parasitica (Ciam.). (S dodaktom: Hebellopsis brochi g. et sp. n. i
Hebella (?) gigas Pieper). Rad Jugoslavenske Akademije Znanosti i Umjetnosti, 198, 105–210.
Haeckel, E. (1879) Das System der Medusen. Erster Theil einer Monographie der Medusen. Denkschriften der Medicinisch-
Naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft zu Jena, 1, 360 pp.
Hajdu, E. & Teixeira, J.N. (2011) New or little known demosponges (Porifera) from Espírito Santo coast and seamounts
(Brazil). Zoologica, 28, 233–246.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1590/S1984-46702011000200013
Hamond, R. (1957) Notes on the Hydrozoa of the Norfolk coast. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology, 43, 294
324.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1096-3642.1957.tb01555.x
Hargitt, C.W. (1900) A contribution to the natural history and development of Pennaria tiarella McCr. American Naturalist,
34, 387–416.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1086/277648
Hargitt, C.W. (1908) Notes on a few coelenterates of Woods Holl. Biological Bulletin, 14, 95–120.
http://dx.doi.org/10.2307/1535721
Hargitt, C.W. (1909) New and little known hydroids of Woods Hole. Biological Bulletin, 17, 369–385.
http://dx.doi.org/10.2307/1535941
Hargitt, C.W. (1924) Hydroids of the Philippine Islands. Philippine Journal of Science, 24, 467–507.
Hassall, A.H. (1848) Definitions of three new British zoophytes. The Zoologist, 6, 2223.
Heller, C. (1868) Die Zoophyten und Echinodermen des Adriatischen Meeres. Verhandlungen der Kaiserlich-Königlichen
Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 18, 1–88.
Henry, L.-A., Nizinski, M.S. & Ross, S.W. (2008) Occurrence and biogeography of hydroids (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) from deep-
water coral habitats off the southeastern United States. Deep-Sea Research I, 55, 788–800.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.dsr.2008.03.002
Hincks, T. (1861a) On new Australian Hydrozoa. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 3, 7, 279–281.
CALDER
66 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Hincks, T. (1861b) A catalogue of the zoophytes of South Devon and South Cornwall. Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, series 3, 8, 251–262.
Hincks, T. (1865) Zoophytes: the history of their development. Quarterly Journal of Science, 2, 401–418.
Hincks, T. (1866) On new British Hydroida. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 3, 18, 296–299.
Hincks, T. (1868) A history of the British hydroid zoophytes. John van Voorst, London, 338 pp.
Hincks, T. (1874) Notes on Norwegian Hydroida from deep water. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 4, 13, 125–
137.
Hirohito, The Showa Emperor (1995) The hydroids of Sagami Bay. Part II. Thecata. Biological Laboratory, Imperial
Household, Tokyo, Japan, 355 pp.
Humann, P. (1992) Reef creature identification. Florida Caribbean Bahamas. New World Publications, Jacksonville, Florida,
344 pp.
Humann, P. & DeLoach, N. (2002) Reef creature identification. Florida Caribbean Bahamas. Second Edition. New World
Publications, Jacksonville, Florida, 447 pp.
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (1994) Opinion 1752. Zanclea costata Gegenbaur, 1856 (Cnidaria,
Hydrozoa): generic and specific names conserved. Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, 51, 54–55.
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (1999) International code of zoological nomenclature. Fourth edition.
International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature, London, 306 pp.
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (2002) Opinion 1986 (Case 3166). Campanularia noliformis McCrady,
1859 (currently Clytia noliformis; Cnidaria, Hydrozoa): specific name conserved by the designation of a neotype. Bulletin
of Zoological Nomenclature, 59, 52.
Jäderholm, . (1896) Ueber aussereuropäische Hydroiden des zoologischen Museums der Universität Upsala. Bihang till
Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar, 21, Afd. 4 (6), 1–20.
Jäderholm, . (1920) On some exotic hydroids in the Swedish Zoological State Museum. Arkiv för Zoologi, 13 (3), 1–11.
Jarvis, F.E. (1922) The hydroids from the Chagos, Seychelles and other islands and from the coasts of British East Africa and
Zanzibar. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology, 18, 331–360.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1096-3642.1922.tb00553.x
Jickeli, C.F. (1883) Der Bau der Hydroidpolypen. II. Über den histiologischen Bau von Tubularia L., Cordylophora Allm.,
Cladonema Duj., Coryne Gärtn., Gemmaria M’Crady, Perigonimus Sars, Podocoryne Sars, Camponopsis Claus, Lafoëa
Lam., Campanularia Lam., Obelia Pér., Anisocola Kirchenp., Isocola Kirchenp., Kirchenpaueria Jick. Morphologisches
Jahrbuch, 8, 580–680.
Johnston, G. (1833) Illustrations in British zoology. Magazine of Natural History, 6, 497–499.
Johnston, G. (1837) A catalogue of the zoophytes of Berwickshire. History of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club, 1, 107–108.
[Note: dating of this article follows Cornelius (1995b: 360).]
Jones, T. (2002) Biology and ecology of athecate hydroids in Biscayne Bay, Florida: potential use as bioindicators. Ph.D.
Dissertation, University of Miami, Coral Gables, 287 pp.
Joyce, E.A. Jr. (1961) The Hydroida of the Seahorse Key area. M.S. Thesis, University of Florida, Gainesville, 116 pp.
Kaehler, S. & Hughes, R.G. (1992) The distributions and growth patterns of three epiphytic hydroids on the Caribbean seagrass
Thalassia testudinum. Bulletin of Marine Science, 51, 329–336.
Kirchenpauer, G.H. (1864) Neue Sertulariden aus verschiedenen Hamburgischen Sammlungen, nebst allgemeinen
Bemerkungen über Lamouroux’s Gattung Dynamena. Verhandlungen der Kaiserlichen Leopoldino-Carolinischen
Deutschen Akademie der Naturforscher, 31 (3), 1–16.
Kirchenpauer, G.H. (1872) Ueber die Hydroidenfamilie Plumularidae, einzelne Gruppen derselben und ihre Fruchtbehälter. I.
Aglaophenia Lx. Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften herausgegeben von dem
Naturwissenschaftlichen Verein in Hamburg, 5 (3), 1–52.
Kirkendale, L. & Calder, D.R. (2003) Hydroids (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) from Guam and the Commonwealth of the Northern
Marianas Islands (CNMI). Micronesica, 35–36, 159–188.
Kramp, P.L. (1959) The hydromedusae of the Atlantic Ocean and adjacent waters. Dana-Report, 46, 1–283.
Kramp, P.L. (1961) Synopsis of the medusae of the world. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United
Kingdom, 40, 1–469.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/S0025315400007347
Krohn, A. (1853) Ueber die Natur des kuppelförmigen Anhanges am Leibe von Phyllirhoë bucephalum. Archiv für
Naturgeschichte, 19, 278–281.
Kühn, A. (1913) Entwicklungsgeschichte und Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen der Hydrozoen. I. Teil: Die Hydroiden. Ergebnisse
und Fortschritte der Zoologie, 4, 1–284.
Lamarck, J.B.P.A. de (1801) Systême des animaux sans vertèbres, ou tableau général des classes, des ordres et des genres de
ces animaux. Paris, 432 pp.
Lamarck, J.B.P.A. de (1816) Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebrès. Tome 2. Verdière, Paris, 568 pp.
Lamarck, J.B.P.A. de (1836) Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebrès. Édition 2. Tome 2. Baillière, Paris, 683 pp.
Lamouroux, J.V.F. (1812) Extrait d’un mémoire sur la classification des polypiers coralligènes non entièrement pierreux.
Nouveau Bulletin des Sciences, par la Société Philomatique de Paris, 3, 181–188.
Lamouroux, J.V.F. (1816) Histoire des polypiers coralligènes flexibles, vulgairement nommés zoophytes. F. Poisson, Caen, 560
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 67
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
pp.
Lamouroux, J.V.F. (1821) Exposition méthodique des genres de l’ordre des polypiers, avec leur description et celle des
principales espèces, figurées dans 84 planches; les 63 premières appartenant à l’histoire naturelle des zoophytes d’Ellis et
Solander. Agasse, Paris, 115 pp.
Lamouroux, J.V.F. (1824) Description des polypiers flexibles. In: Quoy, J.R.C. & Gaimard, J.P. (Eds.), Zoologie. Voyage autour
du monde, entrepris par ordre du Roi, exécuté sur les corvettes de S.M. l'Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant les années
1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820; par M. Louis de Freycinet. Pillet Aîné, Paris, pp. 603–643.
Larson, R. (1987) The ecology of the western Atlantic athecate hydroid, Solanderia gracilis. Bulletin of Marine Science, 40,
512–515.
Leclère, L., Schuchert, P. & Manuel, M. (2007) Phylogeny of the Plumularioidea (Hydrozoa, Leptothecata): evolution of
colonial organization and life cycle. Zoologica Scripta, 36, 371–394.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1463-6409.2007.00283.x
Leidy, J. (1855) Contributions towards a knowledge of the marine invertebrate fauna, of the coasts of Rhode Island and New
Jersey. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, series 2, 3, 135–152.
Leloup, E. (1932) Une collection d’hydropolypes appartenant à l’Indian Museum de Calcutta. Records of the Indian Museum,
34, 131–170.
Leloup, E. (1935) Hydraires calyptoblastiques des Indes Occidentales. Mémoires du Musée Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de
Belgique, 2me série, 2, 1–73.
Leloup, E. (1937) Résultats scientifiques des croisières du navire-école belge “Mercator.” VI. Hydroidea, Siphonophora,
Ceriantharia. I. – Hydropolypes. Mémoires du Musée Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, 2me série, 9, 91–121.
Levinsen, G.M.R. (1913) Systematic studies on the Sertulariidae. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk
Forening i Kjøbenhavn, 64, 249–323.
Lindner, A. & Calder, D.R. (2000) Campanularia noliformis McCrady, 1859 (currently Clytia noliformis; Cnidaria, Hydrozoa):
proposed conservation of the specific name by the designation of a neotype. Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, 57, 140–
143.
Lindner, A. & Migotto, A.E. (2001) Merotrichous isorhiza, a nematocyst new to the Campanulariidae (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa),
and its relevance for the classification of cnidae. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 114, 825–832.
Lindner, A. & Migotto, A.E. (2002) The life cycle of Clytia linearis and Clytia noliformis: metagenic campanulariids
(Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) with contrasting polyp and medusa stages. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the
United Kingdom, 82, 541–553.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/S0025315402005866
Lindner, A., Govindarajan, A.F. & Migotto, A.E. (2011) Cryptic species, life cycles, and the phylogeny of Clytia (Cnidaria:
Hydrozoa: Campanulariidae). Zootaxa, 2980, 23–36.
Linnaeus, C. (1758) Systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species cum characteribus,
differentiis, synonymis, locis. Editio decima, reformata. Laurentii Salvii, Holmiae, 823 pp.
Linnaeus, C. (1767) Systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus,
differentiis, synonymis, locis. Tomus I. Pars II. Editio duodecima, reformata. Laurentii Salvii, Holmiae, pp. 533–1317.
Lütken, C. (1850) Nogle Bemaerkninger om Medusernes systematiske Inddeling, navnlig med Hensyn til Forbes’s History of
brittish naked-eyed medusae. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den Naturhistoriske Forening i Kjöbenhavn, 1850, 15–35.
Lwowsky, F.F. (1913) Revision der Gattung Sidisia Gray (Epizoanthus auct.). Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Zoanthiden.
Zoologische Jahrbücher, Abteilung für Systematik, Geographie und Biologie der Tiere, 34, 557–613.
Mammen, T.A. (1965) On a collection of hydroids from south India. II. Suborder Thecata (excluding family Plumulariidae).
Journal of the Marine Biological Association of India, 7, 1–57.
Marktanner-Turneretscher, G. (1890) Die Hydroiden des K. K. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums. Annalen des K.K.
Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, 5, 195–286.
Marques, A.C., Mergner, H., Höinghaus, R. & Vervoort, W. (2000) Bimeria vestita (Hydrozoa: Anthomedusae:
Bougainvilliidae) senior synonym of Eudendrium vestitum (Hydrozoa: Anthomedusae: Eudendriidae). Zoologische
Mededelingen, 73, 321–325.
Marques, A.C., Peña Cantero, A.L. & Migotto, A.E. (2006) An overview of the phylogeny of the families Lafoeidae and
Hebellidae (Hydrozoa:Leptothecata): their composition and classification. Invertebrate Systematics, 20, 43–58.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1071/IS05029
Marshall, W. (1892) Spongiologische Beiträge. In: Festschrift zur siebzigsten Wiederkehr des Geburtstages von Rudolf
Leuckart. C.F. Winter’sche Verlagshandlung, Leipzig, pp. 36.
Mayer, A.G. (1900) Some medusae from the Tortugas, Florida. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoölogy at Harvard
College, 37, 13–82.
Mayer, A.G. (1910) Medusae of the world. Vol. I. The hydromedusae. Carnegie Institution of Washington, Publication, 109, 1–
230.
McCrady, J. (1857) Description of Oceania (Turritopsis) nutricula nov. spec. and the embryological history of a singular
medusan larva, found in the cavity of its bell. Proceedings of the Elliott Society of Natural History, 1, 55–90.
McCrady, J. (1859) Gymnopthalmata of Charleston Harbor. Proceedings of the Elliott Society of Natural History, 1, 103–221.
Medel, M.D. & Vervoort, W. (1998) Atlantic Thyroscyphidae and Sertulariidae (Hydrozoa, Cnidaria) collected during the
CALDER
68 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
CANCAP and Mauritania-II expeditions of the National Museum of Natural History, Leiden, The Netherlands.
Zoologische Verhandelingen, 320, 1–85.
Medel, M.D. & Vervoort, W. (2000) Atlantic Haleciidae and Campanulariidae (Hydrozoa, Cnidaria) collected during the
CANCAP and Mauritania-II expeditions of the National Museum of Natural History, Leiden, The Netherlands.
Zoologische Verhandelingen, 330, 1–68.
Meneghini, G. (1845) Osservazioni sull’ ordine delle sertulariee della classe de’ polipi. Memorie dell’ Imperiale Reale Istituto
Veneto di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti, 2, 183–199.
Mergner, H. & Wedler, E. (1977) Über die Hydroidpolypenfauna des Roten Meeres und seiner Ausgänge. „Meteor”
Forschungs-Ergebnisse, D, 24, 1–32.
Meyen, F.J.F. (1834) Beiträge zur Zoologie, gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erde. Fünfte Abhandlung. Über das Leuchten
des Meeres und Beschreibung einiger Polypen und anderer niederer Thiere. Novorum Actorum Academiae Caesareae
Leopoldino-Carolinae Naturae Curiosorum, 16, 125–216.
Migotto, A.E. (1996) Benthic shallow-water hydroids (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa) of the coast of São Sebastião, Brazil, including a
checklist of Brazilian hydroids. Zoologische Verhandelingen, 306, 1–125.
Migotto, A.E. (1998) The life cycle of Sertularia marginata Kirchenpauer, 1864 (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa): a medusoid-producing
sertulariid. Journal of Natural History, 32, 1–12.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00222939800770011
Migotto, A.E. & Andrade, L.P. de (2000) The life cycle of Hebella furax (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa): a link between a lafoeid
hydroid and a laodiceid medusa. Journal of Natural History, 34, 1871–1888.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00222930050144774
Migotto, A.E. & Marques, A.C. (1999) Redescription of Dentitheca bidentata (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa, Plumulariidae), with notes
on its life cycle. Journal of Natural History, 33, 949–960.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/002229399300029
Millard, N.A.H. (1957) The Hydrozoa of False Bay, South Africa. Annals of the South African Museum, 43, 173–243.
Millard, N.A.H. (1962) The Hydrozoa of the south and west coasts of South Africa. Part I. The Plumulariidae. Annals of the
South African Museum, 46, 261–319.
Millard, N.A.H. (1975) Monograph on the Hydroida of southern Africa. Annals of the South African Museum, 68, 1–513.
Morri, C., Puce, S., Bianchi, C.N., Bitar, G., Zibrowius, H. & Bavestrello, G. (2009) Hydroids (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) from the
Levant Sea (mainly Lebanon), with emphasis on alien species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United
Kingdom, 89, 49–62.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/S0025315408002749
Moura, C.J., Cunha, M.R., Porteiro, F.M. & Rogers, A.D. (2011) The use of the DNA barcode gene 16S mRNA for the
clarification of taxonomic problems within the family Sertulariidae (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa). Zoologica Scripta, 40, 520–537.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1463-6409.2011.00489.x
Moura, C.J., Cunha, M.R., Porteiro, F.M. & Rogers, A.D. (2012) Polyphyly and cryptic diversity in the hydrozoan families
Lafoeidae and Hebellidae (Cnidaria : Hydrozoa). Invertebrate Systematics, 25, 454–470.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1071/IS11045
Moura, C.J., Harris, D.J., Cunha, M.R. & Rogers, A.D. (2008) DNA barcoding reveals cyptic diversity in marine hydroids
(Cnidaria, Hydrozoa) from coastal and deep-sea environments. Zoologica Scripta, 37, 93–108.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1463-6409.2007.00312.x
Mulder, J.F. & Trebilcock, R.E. (1915) Victorian Hydroida. With description of new species. Part V. Geelong Naturalist, 6 (3),
51–59.
Murbach, L. (1899) Hydroids from Wood’s Holl, Mass. Hypolytus peregrinus, a new unattached marine hydroid: Corynitis
agassizii and its medusa. Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, new series, 42, 341–360.
Murray, A. (1860) Description of new Sertulariadae from the Californian coast. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series
3, 5, 250–252.
Nelson, W.G., Savercool, D.M., Neth, T.E. & Rodda, J.R. (1994) A comparison of the fouling community development on
stabilized oil-ash and concrete reefs. Bulletin of Marine Science, 55, 1303–1315.
Niermann, U. (1986) Distribution of Sargassum natans and some of its epibionts in the Sargasso Sea. Helgoländer
Meeresuntersuchungen, 40, 343–353.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF01983817
Nutting, C.C. (1895) Narrative and preliminary report of Bahama Expedition. Bulletin from the Laboratories of Natural
History of the State University of Iowa, 3, 1–251.
Nutting, C.C. (1900) American hydroids. Part I. The Plumularidae. Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum
Special Bulletin, 4 (1), 1–285.
Nutting, C.C. (1901) The hydroids of the Woods Hole region. Bulletin of the United States Fish Commission, 19, 325–386.
Nutting, C.C. (1904) American hydroids. Part II. The Sertularidae. Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum
Special Bulletin, 4 (2), 1–325.
Nutting, C.C. (1915) American hydroids. Part III. The Campanularidae and the Bonneviellidae. Smithsonian Institution, United
States National Museum Special Bulletin, 4 (3), 1–126.
Oliveira, O.M.P., Araujo, E.M., Ayón, P., Cedeño-Posso, C.M., Cepeda, A.A., Córdova, P., Galea, H.R., Genzano, G.N.,
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 69
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Haddad, M.A., Mianzan, H.W., Migotto, A.E., Miranda, L.S., Miranda, T.P., Morandini, A.C., Nagata, R.M., Nascimento,
K.B., Nogueira Jr., M., Palma, S., Quiñones, J., Rodriguez, C.S., Scarabino, F., Schiariti, A., Stampar, S.N., Tronolone,
V.B. & Marques, A.C. (2013) Census of Cnidaria (Ceriantharia and Medusozoa) and Ctenophora from South American
marine waters, Zootaxa, in press.
Owen, R. (1843) Lectures on the comparative anatomy and physiology of the invertebrate animals: delivered at the Royal
College of Surgeons, in 1843. Longman, Brown, Green, & Longmans, London, 392 pp.
Park, J.H. (2012) New record of a aglaophenian species (Hydrozoa: Thecatae: Plumulariidae) from Korea. Animal Systematics,
Evolution and Diversity, 28, 145–147.
http://dx.doi.org/10.5635/ASED.2012.28.2.145
Parr, A.E. (1939) Quantitative observations on the pelagic Sargassum vegetation of the western North Atlantic with preliminary
discussion of morphology and relationships. Bulletin of the Bingham Oceanographic Collection, 6 (7), 1–94.
Peña Cantero, A.L. & García Carrascosa, A.M. (2002) The benthic hydroid fauna of the Chafarinas Islands (Alborán Sea,
western Mediterranean). Zoologische Verhandelingen, 337, 1–180.
Peña Cantero, Á.L., Sentandreu, V. & Latorre, A. (2010) Phylogenetic relationships of the endemic Antarctic benthic hydroids
(Cnidaria, Hydrozoa): what does the mitochondrial 16S rRNA tell us about it? Polar Biology, 33, 41–57.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00300-009-0683-5
Péron, F. & Lesueur, C.A. (1810) Tableau des caractères génériques et spécifiques de toutes les espèces de méduses connues
jusqu’à ce jour. Annales du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, 14, 325–366.
Petersen, K.W. (1979) Development of coloniality in Hydrozoa. In: Larwood, G. & Rosen, B.R. (Eds.), Biology and systematics
of colonial animals. Academic Press, New York, pp. 105–139.
Petersen, K.W. (1990) Evolution and taxonomy in capitate hydroids and medusae (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa). Zoological Journal of
the Linnean Society, 100, 101–231.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1096-3642.1990.tb01862.x
Pfaller, J.B., Frick, M.G., Reich, K.J., Williams, K.L. & Bjorndal, K.A. (2008) Carapace epibionts of loggerhead turtles
(Caretta caretta) nesting at Canaveral National Seashore, Florida. Journal of Natural History, 42, 1095–1102.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00222930701877565
Pictet, C. (1893) Voyage de Mm. M. Bedot et C. Pictet dans l’Archipel Malais. Étude sur les hydraires de la Baie d’Amboine.
Revue Suisse de Zoologie et Annales du Musée d’Histoire Naturelle de Genève, 1, 1–64.
Pieper, F.W. (1884) Ergänzungen zu “Heller’s Zoophyten etc. des adriatischen Meeres”. Zoologischer Anzeiger, 7, 164–169.
Quelch, J.J. (1885) On some deep-sea and shallow-water Hydrozoa. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 5th series, 16, 1–
20.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00222938509487499
Rackley, D.H. (1974) Hydroids of the pelagic Sargassum community of the Gulf Stream and Sargasso Sea. M.A. Thesis, The
College of William & Mary, Williamsburg, Virginia, 94 pp.
Ramil, F., Ansín Agís, J. & Fernández Pulpeiro, E. (1998) Soft-bottom hydroids (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) collected in the Ría de
Vigo (NW Spain). Zoologische Verhandelingen, 323, 181–208.
Ramil, F. & Vervoort, W. (2006) Nemertesia tropica spec. nov. from Indonesian waters near Bali. Description of the new
species and a review of the genus Nemertesia Lamouroux, 1812 (Leptothecata, Hydrozoa, Cnidaria). Zoologische
Mededelingen, 80, 113–158.
Rees, W.J. & Thursfield, S. (1965) The hydroid collections of James Ritchie. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh,
Section B (Biology), 69, 34–220.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/S0080455X00010122
Rees, W.J. & Vervoort, W. (1987) Hydroids from the John Murray Expedition to the Indian Ocean, with revisory notes on
Hydrodendron, Abietinella, Cryptolaria and Zygophylax (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa). Zoologische Verhandelingen, 237, 1–209.
Rees, W.J. & White, E. (1966) New records and fauna list of hydroids from the Azores. Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, series 13, 9, 271–284.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00222936608656051
Rezak, R., Bright, T.J. & McGrail, D.W. (1985) Reefs and banks of the northwestern Gulf of Mexico: their geological,
biological, and physical dynamics. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 259 pp.
Rifkin, J.F., Fenner, P.J. & Williamson, J.A.H. (1993) First aid treatment of the sting from the hydroid Lytocarpus philippinus:
the structure of, and in vitro discharge experiments with its nematocysts. Journal of Wilderness Medicine, 4, 252–260.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1580/0953-9859-4.3.252
Ritchie, J. (1907) On collections of the Cape Verde Islands marine fauna, made by Cyril Crossland, M.A. (Cantab.), B.Sc.
(Lond.), F.Z.S., of St. Andrews University, July to September, 1904.—The Hydroids. Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London, 1907, 488–514.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-7998.1907.tb06944.x
Ritchie, J. (1909) Two unrecorded ‘Challenger’ hydroids from the Bermudas, with a note on the synonymy of Campanularia
insignis. Zoologist, 4th series, 13, 260–263.
Ritchie, J. (1910) The marine fauna of the Mergui Archipelago, Lower Burma, collected by Jas. J. Simpson, M.A., B.Sc, and
CALDER
70 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
R.N. Rudmose-Brown, D.Sc, University of Aberdeen, February to May 1907.—The hydroids. Proceedings of the
Zoological Society of London, 1910, 799–825.
Rotch, W.D. (1871) On a new genus and species of hydroid zoophyte (Cladocoryne floccosa). Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, series 4, 7, 227–228.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00222937108696352
Russell, F.S. (1940) On the nematocysts of hydromedusae. III. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United
Kingdom, 24, 515–523.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/S0025315400045422
Russell, F.S. (1953) The medusae of the British Isles. Anthomedusae, Leptomedusae, Limnomedusae, Trachymedusae and
Narcomedusae. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 530 pp.
Ryland, J.S. (1974) Observations on some epibionts of gulf-weed, Sargassum natans (L.) Meyen. Journal of Experimental
Marine Biology and Ecology, 14, 17–25.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0022-0981(74)90034-3
Ryland, J.S. & Gibbons, M.J. (1991) Intertidal and shallow water hydroids from Fiji. II. Plumulariidae and Aglaopheniidae.
Memoirs of the Queensland Museum, 30, 525–560.
Salvini-Plawen, L. von (1978) On the origin and evolution of the lower Metazoa. Zeitschrift für Zoologische Systematik und
Evolutionsforschung, 16, 40–87.
Sars, M. (1850) Beretning om en i Sommeren 1849 foretagen zoologisk Reise i Lofoten og Finmarken. Nyt Magazin for
Naturvidenskaberne, 6, 121–211.
Schuchert, P. (1997) Review of the family Halopterididae (Hydrozoa, Cnidaria). Zoologische Verhandelingen, 309, 1–162.
Schuchert, P. (2003) Hydroids (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa) of the Danish expedition to the Kei Islands. Steenstrupia, 27, 137–256.
Schuchert, P. (2005) Taxonomic revision and systematic notes on some Halecium species (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa). Journal of
Natural History, 39, 607–639.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00222930400001319
Schuchert, P. (2006) The European athecate hydroids and their medusae (Hydrozoa, Cnidaria): Capitata Part 1. Revue Suisse de
Zoologie, 113, 325–410.
Schuchert, P. (2007) The European athecate hydroids and their medusae (Hydrozoa, Cnidaria): Filifera Part 2. Revue Suisse de
Zoologie, 114, 195–396.
Schuchert, P. (2008) The European athecate hydroids and their medusae (Hydrozoa, Cnidaria): Filifera Part 4. Revue Suisse de
Zoologie, 115, 677–757.
Schuchert, P. (2010) The European athecate hydroids and their medusae (Hydrozoa, Cnidaria): Capitata Part 2. Revue Suisse de
Zoologie, 117, 337–555.
Schuchert, P. (2012a) World Hydrozoa database. Available from: http://www.marinespecies.org/hydrozoa (accessed 20 July
2012)
Schuchert, P. (2012b) North-west European athecate hydroids and their medusae. Synopses of the British Fauna, new series, 59,
364 pp.
Schuchert, P. (2013) The status of Plumularia lagenifera Allman, 1885 (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa) and related species. Zootaxa,
3613, 101–124.
http://dx.doi.org/10.11646/zootaxa.3613.2.1
Shimabukuro, V. & Marques, A.C. (2006) Morphometrical analysis, histology, and taxonomy of Thyroscyphus ramosus
(Cnidaria, Hydrozoa) from the coast of Brazil. Zootaxa, 1184, 29–42.
Splettstösser, W. (1929) Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Sertulariiden. Thyroscyphus Allm., Cnidoscyphus nov. gen., Parascyphus
Ritchie. Zoologische Jahrbucher, Abteilung für Systematik, Ökologie und Geographie der Tiere, 58, 1–134.
Spracklin, B.W. (1982) Hydroidea (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) from Carrie Bow Cay, Belize. In: Rützler, K. & Macintyre, I.G. (Eds.),
The Atlantic barrier reef ecosystem at Carrie Bow Cay, Belize. I. Structure and communities. Smithsonian Contributions to
the Marine Sciences, 12, pp. 239–251.
Stechow, E. (1909) Beiträge zur Naturgeschichte Ostasiens. Herausgegeben von Dr. F. Doflein. Hydroidpolypen der
japanischen Ostküste. I. Teil: Athecata und Plumularidae. Abhandlungen der Mathematisch-Physikalischen Klasse der
Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Supplement-Band, 1 (6), 1–111.
Stechow, E. (1913) Hydroidpolypen der japanischen Ostküste. II. Teil: Campanularidae, Halecidae, Lafoeidae, Campanulinidae
und Sertularidae, nebst Ergänzungen zu den Athecata und Plumularidae. Abhandlungen der Mathematisch-Physikalischen
Klasse der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 3, Supplement-Band 2, 1–162.
Stechow, E. (1914) Zur Kenntnis neuer oder seltener Hydroidpolypen, meist Campanulariden, aus Amerika und Norwegen.
Zoologischer Anzeiger, 45, 120–136.
Stechow, E. (1919) Zur Kenntnis der Hydroidenfauna des Mittelmeeres, Amerikas und anderer Gebiete, nebst Angaben über
einige Kirchenpauer’sche Typen von Plumulariden. Zoologische Jahrbücher, Abteilung für Systematik, Geographie und
Biologie der Tiere, 42, 1–172.
Stechow, E. (1920) Neue Ergebnisse auf dem Gebiete der Hydroidenforschung. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft für
Morphologie und Physiologie in München, 31, 9–45.
Stechow, E. (1921a) Neue Genera und Species von Hydrozoen und anderen Evertebraten. Archiv für Naturgeschichte,
Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press · 71
HYDROIDS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF FLORIDA
Abteilung A. 3. Heft, 87, 248–265.
Stechow, E. (1921b) Über Hydroiden der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition, nebst Bemerkungen über einige andre Formen.
Zoologischer Anzeiger, 53, 223–236.
Stechow, E. (1922) Zur Systematik der Hydrozoen, Stromatoporen, Siphonophoren, Anthozoen und Ctenophoren. Archiv für
Naturgeschichte, Abteilung A, 88, 141–155.
Stechow, E. (1923) Zur Kenntnis der Hydroidenfauna des Mittelmeeres, Amerikas und anderer Gebiete. II. Teil. Zoologische
Jahrbücher, Abteilung für Systematik, Ökologie und Geographie der Tiere, 47, 29–270.
Stepanjants, S. (1979) Gidroidy vod Antarktiki i Subantarktiki. Rezultaty biologicheskikh issledovanii Sovetskikh
Antarkticheskikh Ekspeditsii. 6. Issledovaniya Fauny Morei, 22(30), 1–99.
Stephens, L.D. & Calder, D.R. (1992) John McCrady of South Carolina: pioneer student of North American Hydrozoa.
Archives of Natural History, 19, 39–54.
http://dx.doi.org/10.3366/anh.1992.19.1.39
Sterrer, W. (1998) How many species are there in Bermuda? Bulletin of Marine Science, 62, 809–840.
Stimpson, W. (1853) Synopsis of the marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan: or the region about the mouth of the Bay of Fundy,
New Brunswick. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, 6 (5), 1–67.
Sumner, F.B., Osburn, R.C. & Cole, L.J. (1913) A biological survey of the waters of Woods Hole and vicinity. Part II. Section
III. A catalogue of the marine fauna of Woods Hole and vicinity. Bulletin of the Bureau of Fisheries, United States
Department of Commerce and Labor, 31 (2), 545–794.
Svoboda, A. & Cornelius, P.F.S. (1991) The European and Mediterranean species of Aglaophenia (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa).
Zoologische Verhandelingen, 274, 1–72.
Swain, T.D. (2009) Isozoanthus antumbrosus, a new species of zoanthid (Cnidaria: Anthozoa: Zoanthidea) symbiotic with
Hydrozoa from the Caribbean, with a key to hydroid and sponge-symbiotic zoanthid species. Zootaxa, 2051, 41–48.
Thomas, M.B., Edwards, N.C. & Higgins, R.P. (1995) Cryptohydra thieli n. gen., n. sp.: a meiofaunal marine hydroid
(Hydroida, Athecata, Capitata). Invertebrate Biology, 114, 107–118.
http://dx.doi.org/10.2307/3226883
Thompson, d’A.W. (1879) On some new and rare hydroid zoophytes (Sertulariidae and Thuiariidae) from Australia and New
Zealand. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 5, 3, 97–114.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00222937908682487
Thornely, L.R. (1900) The hydroid zoophytes collected by Dr Willey in the southern seas. In: Willey, A., Zoological Results
based on material from New Britain, New Guinea, Loyalty Islands and elsewhere. Part IV. Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, pp. 451–457.
Thornely, L.R. (1904) Report on the Hydroida collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylon, in 1902. In: Herdman, W.A., Report
to the Government of Ceylon on the pearl oyster fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar, with supplementary reports upon the
marine biology of Ceylon. Part 2, pp. 107–126.
Torrey, H.B. (1902) The Hydroida of the Pacific coast of North America, with especial reference to the species in the collection
of the University of California. University of California Publications, Zoology, 1, 1–105.
Torrey, H.B. (1904) Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego. I. The hydroids of
the San Diego region. University of California Publications, Zoology, 2, 1–43.
Van Gemerden-Hoogeveen, G.C.H. (1965) Hydroids of the Caribbean: Sertulariidae, Plumulariidae and Aglaopheniidae.
Studies on the Fauna of Curaçao and other Caribbean Islands: No. 84. Studies on the Fauna of Curaçao, 22, 1–45.
Vanhöffen, E. (1910) Die Hydroiden der Deutschen Südpolar-Expedition 1901–1903. Deutsche Südpolar-Expedition 1901–
1903, 11, Zoologie 3, 269–340.
Vannucci, M. (1949) Hydrozoa do Brasil. Boletim da Faculdade de Filosofia, Ciências e Letras, Universidade de São Paulo,
Zoologia, 14, 219–266.
Vannucci Mendes, M. (1946) Hydroida Thecaphora do Brasil. Arquivos de Zoologia do Estado de São Paulo, 4, 535–597.
Verrill, A.E. (1865) Classification of polyps: (extract condensed from a synopsis of the Polypi of the North Pacific Exploring
Expedition, under Captains Ringgold and Rodgers, U.S.N.). Proceedings of the Essex Institute, 4, 145–152.
Verrill, A.E. (1874) Report upon the invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound and the adjacent waters, with an account of the
physical characters of the region. Report of the Commissioner of Fisheries, 1871–1872, 295–747.
Versluys, J. (1899) Hydraires calyptoblastes recueillis dans la mer des Antilles pendant l’une des croisières accomplies par le
Comte R. de Dalmas sur son yacht Chazalie. Mémoires de la Société Zoologique de France, 12, 29–58.
Vervoort, W. (1959) The Hydroida of the tropical west coast of Africa. Atlantide Report, Scientific Results of the Danish
Expedition to the Coasts of Tropical West Africa, 1945-1946, 5, 211–325.
Vervoort, W. (1962) A redescription of Solanderia gracilis Duchassaing & Michelin, 1846, and general notes on the family
Solanderiidae (Coelenterata: Hydrozoa). Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, 12, 508–542.
Vervoort, W. (1966) Bathyal and abyssal hydroids. Galathea Report, 8, 97–174.
Vervoort, W. (1968) Report on a collection of Hydroida from the Caribbean region, including an annotated checklist of
Caribbean hydroids. Zoologische Verhandelingen, 92, 1–124.
Vervoort, W. (1972) Hydroids from the Theta, Vema and Yelcho cruises of the Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory.
Zoologische Verhandelingen, 120, 1–247.
Vervoort, W. (1993) Cnidaria, Hydrozoa, Hydroida : hydroids from the western Pacific (Philippines, Indonesia and New
CALDER
72 · Zootaxa 3648 (1) © 2013 Magnolia Press
Caledonia). I: Sertulariidae (Part 1). In: Crosnier, A. (Ed.), Résultats des campagnes MUSORSTOM. Vol. 11. Mémoires du
Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, 158, pp. 89–298.
Vervoort, W. (2006) Leptolida (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) collected during the CANCAP and Mauritania-II expeditions of the
National Museum of Natural History, Leiden, The Netherlands [Anthoathecata, various families of Leptothecata and
addenda]. Zoologische Mededelingen, 80, 181–318.
Vervoort, W. & Watson, J.E. (2003) The marine fauna of New Zealand: Leptothecata (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) (thecate hydroids).
National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research Biodiversity Memoir, 119, 1–538.
Voss, G.L. & Voss, N.A. (1955) An ecological survey of Soldier Key, Biscayne Bay, Florida. Bulletin of Marine Science of the
Gulf and Caribbean, 5, 203–229.
Warren, E. (1907) On Parawrightia robusta gen. et sp. nov., a hydroid from the Natal coast; and also an account of a supposed
schizophyte occurring in the gonophores. Annals of the Natal Government Museum, 1, 187–208.
Warren, E. (1908) On a collection of hydroids, mostly from the Natal coast. Annals of the Natal Government Museum, 1, 269–
355.
Watson, J.E. (1985) The genus Eudendrium (Hydrozoa: Hydroida) from Australia. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria,
97, 179–221.
Watson, J.E. (2000) Hydroids (Hydrozoa: Leptothecatae) from the Beagle Gulf and Darwin Harbour, northern Australia. The
Beagle, Records of the Museums and Art Galleries of the Northern Territory, 16, 1–82.
Wedler, E. (1975) Ökologische Untersuchungen an Hydroiden des Felslitorals von Santa Marta (Kolumbien). Helgoländer
Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen, 27, 324–363.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF01611700
Wedler, E. (2004) Inducción de formación de gonóforos de hidrozoos en el medio natural para fines taxonómicos. Revista
Intropica, 1, 85–90.
Wedler, E. & Larson, R. (1986) Athecate hydroids from Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands. Studies on Neotropical Fauna and
Environment, 21, 69–101.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/01650528609360698
Weismann, A. (1883) Die Entstehung der Sexualzellen bei den Hydromedusen. Zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Baues
und der Lebenserscheinungen dieser Gruppe. Gustav Fischer, Jena, 295 pp.
Weiss, C.M. (1947) The comparative tolerances of some fouling organisms to copper and mercury. Biological Bulletin, 93, 56–
63.
http://dx.doi.org/10.2307/1538137
Weiss, C.M. (1948) The seasonal occurrence of sedentary marine organisms in Biscayne Bay, Florida. Ecology, 29, 153–172.
http://dx.doi.org/10.2307/1932811
Wendt, P.H., Knott, D.M. & Van Dolah, R.F. (1989) Community structure of the biota on five artificial reefs of different ages.
Bulletin of Marine Science, 44, 1106–1122.
Wenner, E.L., Hinde, P., Knott, D.M. & Van Dolah, R.F. (1984) A temporal and spatial study of invertebrate communities
associated with hard-bottom habitats in the South Atlantic Bight. United States Department of Commerce, National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA Technical Report NMFS, 18, 104 pp.
Wenner, E.L., Knott, D.M., Van Dolah, R.F. & Burrell, V.G. Jr. (1983) Invertebrate communities associated with hard bottom
habitats in the South Atlantic Bight. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, 17, 143–158.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0272-7714(83)90059-8
Winston, J.E. (1982) Marine bryozoans (Ectoprocta) of the Indian River area (Florida). Bulletin of the American Museum of
Natural History, 173, 99–176.
Winston, J.E. (2010) Stability and change in the Indian River area bryozoan fauna over a twenty-four year period. Smithsonian
Contributions to the Marine Sciences, 38, 229–239.
Wirtz, P. (2007) On a collection of hydroids (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa) from the Madeira archipelago. Arquipélago. Life and Marine
Sciences, 24, 11–16.
Wright, T.S. (1859) Observations on British zoophytes. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, new series, 10, 105–114.
... Cornelius 1979; Ramil and Vervoort 1992;Medel and Vervoort 1998) and Tridentata distans (Lamouroux 1816) (e.g. Calder 1991Calder , 2013Cornelius 1995). Nevertheless, Calder et al. (2019), on the basis of molecular evidence provided by Moura et al. (2011) and Maronna et al. (2016), proposed this new combination name which we follow in this report. ...
... Dynamena dalmasi has been collected from coastal reefs and banks (Calder 2013), as well as on Gymnangium allmani (Marktanner-Turneretscher, 1890), Codium sp. (Rees and Thursfield 1965, as S. dalmasi), coral rubble (Calder 1991), algae, stones, bivalve shells (Medel and Vervoort 1998), bryozoans (Vervoort 1959, as S. dalmasi) and sponges (Hajdu and Teixeira 2011). ...
... This species has been recorded in the East (Medel and Vervoort 1998) and West Atlantic (Calder 1991(Calder , 2013Migotto 1996), especially in warm and temperate waters. There are also some isolated records in the Pacific (Fraser 1948;Park and Rho 1986, both as S. dalmasi) which led Medel and Vervoort (1998) to consider it a circumglobal species. ...
Article
This paper describes the study of a small collection of Sertularioidea Lamouroux, 1812 (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa) collected along the Guinea Current Large Marine Ecosystem (GCLME) during four oceanographic surveys performed between 2005 and 2008. The samples were collected at 12 stations located at depths between 18 and 359 m using a bottom trawl and a Petersen grab. A total of 112 colonies were identified, belonging to 13 species, nine genera, and three families. The family Sertulariidae showed the highest species richness, with 11 species, whereas the families Thyroscyphidae and Sertularellidae were represented only by one species each. In this manuscript is described the first report of Salacia tetracythara in the Eastern Atlantic, Abietinaria abietina in West Africa, and Salacia desmoides in the GCLME region. One species was only described to the genus level, and material of Dynamena dalmasi from Cape Verde was also examined as comparison material.
... Benthic medusozoans were identified following Cairns and Barnard (1984), Calder (1988Calder ( , 1991Calder ( , 1997Calder ( , 2013Calder ( , 2020, Cornelius (1990), Migotto (1996), Schuchert (1997Schuchert ( , 2001Schuchert ( , 2010, Marques (2001), Calder et al. (2003), Di Camillo et al. (2009), Miranda et al. (2011) and Watson (2011). Identifications of planktonic specimens were based on the works of Mayer (1910), Yanagihara et al. (2002), Jarms and Morandini (2019) and Munro et al. (2019). ...
... The specimen fits the descriptions of the species Dynamena quadridentata. However, this paper maintains the assignment to the genus Pasya, based on robust molecular evidence (Moura et al. 2011) and the historical nomenclature of the taxon (Calder 2013 ...
... The traditional concept of O. dichotoma (cf. Cornelius 1995) comprises multiple cryptic lineages (Calder 2013;Calder et al. 2014;Cunha et al. 2017Cunha et al. , 2020 ...
Article
Medusozoans are diverse in species number (4100) and life stages and are of ecological and social importance worldwide. However, studies of medusozoans in the Mexican Pacific (MP) are limited and scattered. Given that its maritime (2,320,380 km2) and coastal (7828 km) regions are the most extensive in Mexico, as well as its geomorphological and ecosystem complexity, the medusozoan fauna of the MP needs better documentation. To that end, this work summarises medusozoan diversity data of the MP based on a review of refereed publications (1897-2023) and the examination of recently collected specimens, field observations, and photographs (2015-2022). Information gathered from the literature search and the collections was compiled into an annotated list of species. As a result, 423 accepted medusozoan species were found in the MP, corresponding to 10% of the 4100 medusozoan species known worldwide. This study highlights three important decades of published work: taxonomic works in the 1930s, ecological works in the 1980s, and recognition of biodiversity under multidisciplinary works in the 2010s. Of the taxa collected in the present work, Cirrholovenia sp., Linuche sp., and Monotheca flexuosa are new records for the MP. Furthermore, Hydrocoryne sp. and Coryne pusilla are new records for the Gulf of California.
... data). World distribution -widely distributed in Western Atlantic (Calder 2013 Synonyms available from: Calder (1991) and Galea (2008). Campanularia brevithecata Thornely, 1900: 454, pl. ...
... data), and Santa Catarina . World distribution -circumglobal, with records from warm waters from the eastern Atlantic, including the Mediterranean Sea, Indian Ocean, and eastern Pacific (Calder 1991(Calder , 2013. ...
... The species also has records from Rio de Janeiro , Espírito Santo , and São Paulo (Silveira and Morandini 2011), all of them as Hebellopsis communis. World distribution -Bermuda (Calder 1991), ?Cuba (Castellanos-Iglesias et al. 2011), Florida (Calder 2013), and Martinique (Galea 2013 Hebella venusta (Allman, 1877) Description: Colonies stolonal, up to 860 µm high, arising from a creeping hydrorhiza giving rise to large pedicels of variable high. Perisarc moderately thick, smooth or waved. ...
Article
Full-text available
Despite the great advances in research on the taxonomy and ecology of hydroids of the Brazilian coast, those studies are concentrated in the Southeast and South regions of the country, leaving a gap in knowledge from the North and Northeast regions. Aiming to fill part of this gap, we studied the hydroids communities in the state of Sergipe, Northeast Brazil, in the continental shelf and in three estuarine regions. In the continental shelf, samplings with fishing trawls took place during the dry and rainy seasons of 1999-2003 (8 campaigns), from 18 stations distributed at depths of 10, 20, and 30 m. In the estuaries of the rivers Japaratuba, Sergipe and Vaza-Barris three ropes with six polyethylene plates were installed in each place and left submerged for three months in the dry and rainy periods of 2017. Seventy-nine hydroid species of 26 families were identified. Sixteen of these have been assigned to nine Anthoathecata families and the remaining 63 species to 17 Leptothecata families. Among the identified species, 60 are new records from Sergipe and among those, nine are also new records from the Northeast region and two from the Brazilian coast. Our results increase the hydroid records from Sergipe and extend the range of some species inside the Brazilian coast and the Atlantic Ocean, showing the potential for future studies in other environments of the Sergipe coast. KEY WORDS: Anthoathecata; Atlantic Ocean; biodiversity; ecology; Leptothecata; new records
... Due to their large and branched colonies, they provide substrate for the attachment and use of several organisms, particularly other hydroids (Migotto 1996). The fact that T. ramosus and A. rhynchocarpa were the two most frequent species at the sampled stations corroborates their wide distribution in the Western Atlantic, extending from Florida, USA (Calder 2013) to Santa Catarina, Brazil (Oliveira et al. 2016), including the Gulf of Mexico (Calder and Cairns 2009), the Caribbean (Galea 2008), and the West African coast (Vervoort 1959). Therefore, the records from the Amazon shelf, located in the northernmost part of the Brazilian coast, fill the knowledge gap Richness of hydroid species and the total number of records decrease with increasing depth. ...
... Aglaophenia species, in particular, demonstrate a generalist nature and grow on diverse facultative substrates (Calder 1997). In addition to being observed on five other hydroid species, two sponges, and a macroalgae in this study, Aglaophenia latecarinata has been previously observed as an epibiont on other substrates (e.g., Sargassum spp., Migotto 1996 andCalder 2013; sponge and bivalve shells, Galea 2010). ...
Article
Hydroids are benthic cnidarians that have adapted to diverse marine environments through a wide variety of reproductive strategies and high phenotypic plasticity. This study aims at enhancing our understanding of the benthic hydroid diversity in underexplored areas of Brazil by analyzing hundreds of previously unexamined specimens. The study encompasses material collected from stations spanning the continental shelf and slope, ranging from the intertidal zone to a depth of 3,800 m across nine states in the North and Northeast regions of Brazil. This study represents the most extensive survey of benthic hydrozoans ever conducted in Brazil in terms of the sampled area, number of specimens collected, and bathymetric range. A total of 59 hydroid species, belonging to 32 genera and 14 families, were identified. In the states with the highest number of stations, we observed a greater number of specimens collected and, consequently, a greater richness, highlighting the importance of faunal surveys in neglected areas. The number of records and species richness declined with increasing depth, with 0–50 m exhibiting the highest number of records and species richness. Biogenic substrates, particularly sponges, hosted numerous epizoic hydroids. The significance of conducting new faunal surveys in underexplored areas of the Brazilian coastline is emphasized to address the knowledge gap regarding benthic hydrozoans in a vast area of the western South Atlantic.
... However, it is not possible to consider the observed species new to Barbados given the dearth of information, especially on floating substrates, of hydroid species for the island. Early studies of hydroids observed in Barbados recorded one athecate species, Ralpharia gorgoniae, (Calder and Kirkendale, 2005) and five thecate species, Dynamena quadridentata, Synthecium tubithecum, Thyroscyphus marginatus (reported as Obelia marginata), Thyroscyphus ramosus (Calder and Kirkendale, 2005) and Gymnangium speciosum (Calder, 2013); none of which were observed in this study. ...
... The genus Orthopyxis L. Agassiz 1862 comprises a group of hydroids that typically liberate a reduced medusa, though it can be facultatively retained in some species (Cornelius 1982). They are distributed widely but mainly reported from shallow waters (Millard 1975;Vervoort and Watson 2003;Calder 2013;Cunha et al. 2015), occurring in habitats with varying conditions of temperature and salinity, as well as attached to a great variety of substrates, such as algae, barnacles, mussels and other hydroids (e.g. Ralph 1957;Oliveira et al. 2016). ...
Article
Full-text available
Connectivity among populations of widespread marine species is expected to be correlated with their dispersal potential but the evolution of reproductive barriers may account for variations in spatial genetic patterns. Marine benthic hydroid species are traditionally considered widespread, with long-distance rafting presumably increasing their dispersal potential. In this study, we investigated the relationship between genetic, morphological and environmental variability within three benthic marine hydroid species to evaluate current patterns of genetic variation and assess the existence of cryptic speciation. Although a long-lived planktonic stage is absent in all the lineages sampled and they have an overlapping geographical ranges, we observed contrasting patterns of genetic and phenotypic divergence: Orthopyxis sargassicola showed little genetic variation, while O. caliculata and O. crenata each contained high genetic differentiation, primarily suggesting limited dispersal potential. Significant covariation was observed between phenotypic and environmental data in all lineages, but different environmental variables were responsible for explaining morphological variation in each case. Genetic and morphological patterns within O. caliculata and O. crenata are suggestive of cryptic speciation, while phenotypic variation in O. sargassicola may be plastic. Thus, morphological and genetic patterns may potentially vary among related marine lineages with shared life history traits and habitat.
Article
Full-text available
This work is a supplement of our previous study (Schuchert & Collins, 2021) on hydromedusae observed and collected during night-time dives in the Gulf Stream off Florida. Close-up photos and collection of selected specimens for DNA extraction and 16S barcode sequencing permitted us to distinguish 49 distinct morphotypes or species of hydromedusae. Eighteen of them are new additions to the ones reported in our 2021 paper. Seven potential species of the 49 were only identified to the genus level, one to the family level. Two new species are described: Zancleopsis grandis sp. nov. and Melicertum tropicalis sp. nov. 16S sequences permitted us to identify the previously unknown subadult medusa of Podocoryna martinicana Galea & Ferry, 2013. Three species are new records for the Northwest Atlantic: Leuckartiara adnata Pagès, Gili & Bouillon, 1992, Corymorpha valdiviae (Vanhöffen, 1911), and Cnidocodon leopoldi Bouillon, 1978. The 16S data indicated the potential presence of cryptic species in Thecocodium quadratum (Werner, 1965), Laodicea undulata (Forbes & Goodsir, 1853), Orchistoma pileus (Lesson, 1843), and Pseudaegina rhodina (Haeckel, 1879).
Article
The present study provides a morphological account of six tropical hydroids, of which four are described as new. Halecium turbinariae sp. nov. grows exclusively on brown algae of the genus Turbinaria (Phaeophyceae: Fucales), and contains numerous zooxanthellae in its coenosarc. Nemalecium caeruleus sp. nov. occurs in a peculiar ecological niche, viz. the crevices of scleractinian corals, and is distinguished from its congeners by its sympodial mode of branching and an original, bluish-fluorescent sheen of its polyps. Antennella flava sp. nov. belongs to the A. secundaria (Gmelin, 1791) species group, but its tissues are abundantly filled with zooxanthellae, conferring it a striking yellow coloration. Macrorhynchia fallax sp. nov. imitates the fine morphology of M. philippina Kirchenpauer, 1872, although live specimens lack the characteristic irisation of the cladia met with in the latter. The peculiar, decapod crab-associated Corymorpha balssi Stechow, 1932, so far only known from the original account, is rediscovered and redescribed based on its hydroid stage and the ready-to-detach medusae. According to the morphological features of the latter, C. bitungensis (Xu, Huang & Guo, 2013), and possibly C. juliephillipsi (Gershwin et al., 2010), are considered the mature medusa stages of the same species, and are regarded as potential junior synonyms. The controversial synonymy of Tridentata borneensis (Billard, 1925) is addressed based on the examination of new material and its comparison with part of the type series, supplemented by the reinspection of the types of several nominal species subjectively assigned earlier to its synonymy. The distinctive sculpture of the hydrothecal wall leaves little doubt that it has a recent junior synonym, viz. Sertularia vervoorti Migotto & Calder, 1998, syn. nov. Conversely, the following taxa are removed from its synonymy upon the reevaluation of their taxonomic statuses: 1) Thuiaria maldivensis Borradaile, 1905 is a valid species that has a junior synonym, namely Pasythea heterodonta Jarvis, 1922 (now Dynamena), syn. nov., the former being henceforth referred to as Dynamena maldivensis (Borradaile, 1905), comb. nov., on the account of its polyps lacking an abcauline caecum; 2) Tridentata westindica Stechow, 1919, syn. nov., is a junior synonym of Tridentata turbinata (Lamouroux, 1816); 3) Sertularia tongensis Stechow, 1919 is a valid species that has a recent junior synonym, viz. Sertularia orthogonalis Gibbons & Ryland (1989), syn. nov.; 4) Sertularia tumida Allman, 1877, whose type is reportedly lost, is removed from the synonymy of Billard’s (1925a) species, on the account on its much longer internodes; 5) Sertularia malayensis var. sorongensis Leloup, 1930 remains a subjective junior synonym; 6) also reexamined was type material of the littleknown, not formerly illustrated Tridentata occulta Stechow, 1926, syn. nov. of Amphisbetia distans (Lamouroux, 1816). Additionally, we provide single- (16S rRNA or COI) and multi-locus (16S, 18S and 28S rRNA) phylogenetic analyses for many families of athecate and thecate hydroids, including at least 57 species from Bali, with 25 nominal species characterized genetically for the first time. Halecium halecinum var. minor Pictet, 1893 is raised to species, as H. minor Pictet, 1893, nov. status, on both morphological and molecular grounds. Campanularia spinulosa Bale, 1888 is assigned to the genus Obelia Péron & Lesueur, 1810, as O. spinulosa (Bale, 1888), based on its genetic affinities.
Article
Full-text available
The brown alga Sargassum provides a natural substrate occupied by hydrozoans in shallow marine waters. A global count in 2007 listed 39 epibiotic species of Hydrozoa growing on Sargassum, but more studies have been published since, therefore, an update is timely, particularly due to the increased abundance of Sargassum in the Caribbean. This review, based on a recent literature survey and new records from Mexico, includes 133 publications of epibiotic hydrozoans on Sargassum spanning 220 years, from 1802 to 2022. A total of 131 hydrozoan species were recorded on 26 species of Sargassum, most belonging to the subclass Hydroidolina (130), with only one record of a trachyline medusa (Gonionemus vertens, subclass Trachylinae). Most publications centered on the Tropical Atlantic, where the greatest number of hydrozoan species (67 species) were recorded. All hydrozoan species possess a hydrorhiza, except one hydromedusae species that attach to Sargassum via adhesive tentacles. Most of the hydrozoan species associated with Sargassum exhibited a benthic life cycle (93 species) and are comprised of erect, branched colonies (67 species) and large hydrothecae (69 species). Although the number of studies of epibiotic hydrozoans on Sargassum has increased since the mid-20th century, nevertheless hydrozoan richness has not reached an asymptote. Therefore, more sampling of Sargassum species would likely identify more hydrozoan species associated with Sargassum, especially among benthic Sargassum, and might help reveal potential biogeographical and ecological patterns between Sargassum and hydrozoan epibionts.
Article
The present report provides new records, taxonomic notes, descriptions and redescriptions of several species of lesser-known thecate hydroids. Five species belong to the family Sertularellidae Maronna et al., 2016, one to the Syntheciidae Marktanner-Turneretscher, 1890, and one to the Aglaopheniidae Marktanner-Turneretscher, 1890. Type material of Sertularella conica Allman, 1877 was re-examined, and a modern redescription is provided, together with notes on its problematic synonymy that now includes S. gayi unituba Calder, 1991. Fertile specimens of S. inconstans Billard, 1919 are rediscovered, and its synonymy is broadened through the inclusion of S. natalensis Millard, 1968. A new species, S. malagasiensis sp. nov., is described from the south of Madagascar. Sertularia exigua/laxa Allman, 1888, a hydroid assignable to the genus Sertularella Gray, 1848, is found to have both primary and secondary homonyms; its taxonomy is discussed, and the replacement name S. mutatnomen nom. nov. is introduced for it. Sertularella pellucida Jäderholm, 1907 is recorded for the first time from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, outside its previously-known main area of occurrence, in the Arctic Ocean. The sexually-dimorphic gonothecae of Synthecium brucei Vervoort & Watson, 2003 are described for the first time. Halicornaria setosa Armstrong, 1879 is rediscovered in material from the Red Sea, and the binomen is removed from the synonymy of Taxella eximia Allman, 1874, while transferring it to the genus Taxella Allman, 1874, as T. setosa comb. nov., on the account of its gonothecae not protected by phylactocarps.
Book
A professor of natural history at Caen and a member of the Académie des Sciences, Jean Vincent Félix Lamouroux (1779–1825) made significant contributions to the field of marine biology. Following the appearance in 1816 of his Histoire des polypiers corralligènes flexibles, he published in 1821 the present work, drawing upon John Ellis and Daniel Solander's seminal Natural History of Many Curious and Uncommon Zoophytes (1786). It divides more than 130 genera known at the time into twenty groupings. Taxonomy has progressed considerably since Lamouroux's day, yet this work, complete with eighty-four exquisitely drawn plates, serves to illuminate the contemporary understanding and classification of some remarkable marine organisms, principally those which take the form of polyps, such as corals. Moreover, a copy of this work is known to have been consulted by Charles Darwin aboard the Beagle on his famous voyage of discovery the following decade.
Article
Isozoanthus antumbrosus, a new species of zooxanthellate zoanthid, is described. Colonies associate with the arborescent hydroid Dentitheca dendritica in the Caribbean Sea at 1–60 m. The coenenchyme, column, and oral disk are seal brown. The tentacles are golden brown and number 30–38. The coloration of the oral disk and tentacles recalls an annular solar eclipse. Polyps are 4.1–8.9 mm long and 2.2–4.3 mm in diameter. Genetic, morphological, and ecological characters differentiate this species from other hydroid-symbiotic zoanthids. Assignment to the genus Isozoanthus is based on morphology, with the acknowledgment that the currently accepted genera may not reflect evolutionary relationships.
Article
A recent collection of shallow-water hydroids from Guadeloupe and Les Saintes, in the eastern Caribbean Sea, was studied. This is the first comprehensive report on the hydroid fauna from the study area. A total of 48 species, belonging to 9 families of athecates and 12 families of thecates, are described or listed. All the species are illustrated and, when necessary, data on the cnidome composition are provided. Two new species, Zanclea migottoi sp. nov. and Halopteris vervoorti sp. nov., are described. Rhizogeton sterreri (Calder, 1988) is redescribed based on fertile material. Its taxonomic status is discussed and the genus Rhizodendrium Calder, 1988 is included in the synonymy of Rhizogeton L. Agassiz, 1862. Scandia michaelsarsi (Leloup, 1935) is believed to be a synonym of S. gigas (Pieper, 1884), and morphological arguments are provided to support this hypothesis. An undescribed type of peculiar gonothecae, arising from the hydrothecal apertures, was found in Dynamena disticha (Bosc, 1802). Sertularella peculiaris (Leloup, 1935) is redescribed and its synonymy discussed. The nematocyst types of Symmetroscyphus intermedius (Congdon, 1907) were identified. Some species in the present collection are provisionally identified or assigned to a genus, pending the discovery of fertile material or additional life cycle studies. Finally, the hydroid fauna from the study area proves to be preponderantly tropical in nature, with several species also occurring in temperate seas. A number of species are first records for the Caribbean basin: R. sterreri, Eudendrium capillare Alder, 1856, Coryne pusilla Gaertner, 1774, Halecium cf. lankesteri (Bourne, 1890), S. gigas, and Sertularia loculosa Busk, 1852.
Article
This report supplements an earlier account on the hydroids of the Guadeloupe archipelago, and records 31 additional species of thecates. Among them, Halecium calderi sp. nov., Antennella armata sp. nov., and Antennella incerta sp. nov., are described. Laomedea tottoni Leloup, 1935 is redescribed and reassigned to the genus Clytia Lamouroux, 1812. Its synonymy is broadened upon inclusion of Clytia laxa Fraser, 1937. Hebella venusta (Allman, 1877) is considered valid based on comparison with related species, and its gonotheca is described for the first time. Two sympatric varieties of Sertularella diaphana (Allman, 1885), easily separable morphologically and by their cnidome composition, are discussed. Sertularella ornata Fraser, 1937 is recorded for the second time and is fully redescribed. Its name is actually a junior synonym of S. fusiformis (Hincks, 1861) f. ornata Broch, 1933, and it is here referred to as S. fraseri nom. nov. Sertularia thecocarpa Jarvis, 1922, Sertularella minuscula Billard, 1924, Sertularella parvula Mammen, 1965, and Sertularia stechowi Hirohito, 1995 are placed in the synonymy of Sertularella tongensis Stechow, 1919, the latter being transferred to the genus Sertularia Linnaeus, 1758. Sertularia ephemera nom. nov. is proposed as a replacement name for Sertularia tongensis Stechow, 1919. Aglaophenia postdentata Billard, 1913 is confidently recorded from the Atlantic for the first time. Dentitheca dendritica (Nutting, 1900) is redescribed, and additional notes on Macrorhynchia clarkei (Nutting, 1900) are provided. All the species discussed herein are new records for the study area. Illustrations are given for each species and data on the nematocyst complement and size of capsules are given when necessary. The number of hydroid species reported from the study area is raised to more than eighty. Hydroids of the Caribbean are moderately well known faunistically, though continuous discovery of new species is likely, the species composition being certainly richer than currently reported.
Article
Some 45 species of hydroids were found on the reef and in the lagoon. Halcordyle disticha, Halecium bermudense and Halopteris carinata are the dominant hydroids in the outer reef areas and on patch reefs. Dynamena cornicina was common in all areas of the Thalassia beds. Eleutheria dichotoma, Halecium speciosum and Egmundella grandis are recorded from the Caribbean Sea for the first time. Plumularia species is probably a growth form of P. floridana, the gonosome of which is undescribed. Halecium species is undescribed; corynid species, corymorphid species, and sertularid species are undescribed and appear to belong to new genera.-from Author
Article
Hydroid species assemblages were studied and characterized for 12 marine ecological systems around Bermuda. Species numbers were highest inshore in environments exposed to tidal currents and waves, such as inlets, sounds, and marine caves, and offshore on deeper coastal substrates (25-100 m). Diversity was lowest in still-water systems, including sheltered areas of bays and anchialine ponds. Two major groupings representing a dichotomy between shallow (<25 m) and deep (>25 m) systems were distinguished. Of the 90 hydroid species considered in zoogeographic analyses, more than half are circumglobal in warm coatal waters. The hydroids of Bermuda have a strong affinity with those of the Caribbean and West Indies. Endemism is low among Bermudian hydroids in spite of the isolation and old geologic age of the island. Warm-water species inhabiting the Bermuda Platform probably colonized the area during the Holocene because the Bermudian marine climate at times during the Pleistocene was temperate rather than tropical or subtropical. Rafting of sessile stages is suggested as the most significant means by which hydroid species have been introduced to this remote oceanic island. -from Author